2013 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2013 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2013. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION... 2 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY... 4 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF... 5 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF... 6 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES... 16 Advanced Diploma in Public Administration (ADPA) - 1605... 16 Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) 1612 / 1613... 17 Advanced Diploma in Management in Finance - 1610... 20 Advanced Diploma in Management in Financial Planning - 1615... 22 Postgraduate Diploma in Management - 1623... 25 Postgraduate Diploma in Finance - 1624... 27 Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies - 1616... 30 BCom (Honours) - 1701... 31 BCom (Honours) Information Systems - 1703... 33 BAdmin (Honours) - 1711... 35 BEcon (Honours) - 1781... 38 BCom (Honours) (Accounting) - 1792... 41 BCom (Honours) (Management) - 1731... 43 BCom (Honours) (Finance) 1721/1722... 46 MCom (Structured) -1863... 50 MCom (Thesis) - 1801... 52 MAdmin (Structured) -1817... 53 MAdmin (Thesis) - 1811... 55 MCom (Management) -1830... 57 MPhil in Land & Agrarian Stusies - 1843... 61 MPA - 1851... 62 MEcon (Structured) - 1878... 64 MEcom (Thesis) - 1871... 66 PhD - 1921... 67 RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES... 69 Management Development Programme (MDP) - 1601... 69 Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) - 1604... 70 Programme in Economic Policy (PEP I) -... 71 Programme in Economic Policy (PEP II) -... 71 MODULE DESCRIPTORS... 73 Accounting... 73 Economics... 79 Information Systems... 96 Industrial Psychology...107 Institute for Social Development...120 School of Business & Finance...137 Political Studies...189 School of Government...207 Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies...245 1

CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY GENERAL INFORMATION All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Ms L Kamffer Faculty Manager Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3164 Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470 Email: emsadmin@uwc.ac.za EMS Faculty Helpdesk: Tel: (0)219593164 CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard +27 (0)21 959-2911 UWC Call Centre +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0)21 959-3126 THE UNIVERSITY S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114 2

CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9 General Information Faculty of Science Faculty of Arts (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Education Faculty of Dentistry Faculty of Law Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Schedule of Fees A separate publication, containing the Faculty s teaching and examination time-tables, is obtainable from the relevant Department or School. Students may also access this information via the student portal. PLEASE NOTE: All prospective EMS students will be required to write The National Benchmarking test (please contact the relevant Departmental/School as their requirements may vary), which is an admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: www.nbt.ac.za 3

DEGREES DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY Bachelor of Administration Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Law Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics Bachelor of Administration (Honours) Bachelorof Commerce (Honours) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management Bachelor of Economics (Honours) Master of Administration Master of Economics Master of Commerce Master of Public Administration Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) Doctor of Philosophy BAdmin BCom BCom (Acc) BCom (FinAcc) BCom (Law) BEcon (LED) BAdmin (Hons) BCom (Hons) BComHons(Finance) BComHons(Management) BEcon (Hons) MAdmin MEcon MCom MPA MPhil (LAS) PhD DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES Advanced Diploma in Management Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Management Postgraduate Diploma in Finance Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies Certificate in Economic Development AdvDip (Management) AdvDip (Management) (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Financial Planning) ADPA PGDip (Management) PGDip (Finance) PGDip (LAS) CED ACCESS PROGRAMMES Management Development Programme Senior Management Development Programme Programme in Economic Principles Programme in Economic Principles and Policy MDP SMDP PEP I PEPP II 4

FACULTY BOARD FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio) Proffs: M Esau, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, A du Toit, LER De Vries, LCH Fourie, W Geach, S Gool, P Hirschsohn, I Ille, L Loxton, L Piper, LJ Loots, CJJ Mphaisha, J Pretorius, R Rena, C Tapscott, L Thompson, DJ Visser, JJ Williams Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, A Erwin, R Pellesier Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr G Whyte, Dr B von Lieres, KA Gottschalk, M Aliber, T Leuscher- Mamashela Drs: LA Bosman, D Desai, H Duh, E Makaudze, J Njenga, Z Mitrovic, V Naicker, R Peters, L Pretorius Messrs: RG Arendse, K Bafo, A Bayat, K Briggs, P Brijlal, G Caseley, T Combrinck, R Davids, G Hearn, P Hamel, K HeslopM Hoskins, E Isaacs, J Jansen, C Melzer, ER Mentoor, R Oliver, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, G Thaver, G van Rooyen, L Weber Mmes: L Kamffer A Bayat, D Hamman-Fisher, C Hoorn, A Jacobs, R Jano, L Lorente-Quesada, V McGhie, M Moses, M Otto, P Pugin, B Raymond, N Myburg, J Lawrence, G Hans, L Ndesi, L Uys, J van den Berg, M van Staden Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Faculty of Science: Faculty of Education: Advocate Kotze A Latief Prof J Smith FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Acting Dean: Deputy Dean - Research: Deputy Dean Academic: Faculty Manager: Senior Faculty Officer: Faculty Officers: Administrative Officer: Administrative Assistant: Dean s Secretary: Dean s Administrative Assistant: Faculty Manager s Administrative Assistant: M Esau, PhD (Western Cape) L Piper, PhD (Cambridge) Vacant Vacant C Hoorn, (BAdmin) (Hons) (Western Cape) G Hobyani, (ADM) (Western Cape), (Hons) (Western Cape) M Engel C Pharoah, (Nat Dipl) (Cape Peninsula UT) Vacant P Dibela, (BCom) (Western Cape) M Delport S Van der Schyff Vacant L Naude (Dip: Adult Education) (Cape Town) 5

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF (Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk) ACCOUNTING Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: P Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Marks Administrators: Pilot Thuthuka Student Coordinator: *L Loxton B.SC, B Acc (Hons), MBA, CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA) WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, CTA, FCIS, CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA, Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA) O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA) AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) B Raymond, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), CA (SA) J Jansen, BCom (Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA) J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA) L Weber, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA) J Pretorius, BCom (Acc) (Rhodes), BCom (Hons) (Natal), MCom (NMMU), CA (SA) L Uys, Masters (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape) RG Arendse, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) E Pullen, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA) C Jacobs-Williams, Business Computing, and Secretarial Diploma (Rosebank College) E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT) S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) C Trueman, HR Diploma (Rosebank College) ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer: Teaching & Learning Specialist: Senior Lecturer (Linguistics): Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Marks Administrator: MD November, (Hons), BA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London), MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA), PhD (UCLA) *N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL) (Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD (Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria) VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics) (Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (Stellenbosch) L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MTh (Western Cape) Liesl Svenson, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) Kashiefa Mobarak, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) Quintin Paulsen, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) R May R Kriel 6

4-YEAR EXTENDED PROGRAMME Lecturers: CW Melzer, MBA (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (Cape Town) Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape), B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L. J F Abongdia, MA (Linguisitics) (Western Cape), MA (American Literature) (Yaonde, Cameroon), Linguistics (Hons) (Western Cape), Advanced Teachers Diploma (Yaounde, Cameroon), BA (English/English Literature) (Yaounde, Cameroon) L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV-Cuba); MCom (Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa Cum Laude R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) N Myburgh, BSc, MSc (Mathematics Education) (Western Cape) G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) G Hans, BEd (Hons) (Psychology), BA, BA (Hons), (Western Cape) E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing (apt) EMS STUDENT SUPPORT AND RESEARCH UNIT (ESSRU) Unit Coordinator: Administrator: M du Preez L Wildschutt SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Acting Director: Mauerberger Chair in Finance: Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: *R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL (South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg) S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape), MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial Analyst P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT) DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) (FIAC) L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA (Stellenbosch) Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape) EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape) V Naicker, ADM, MCom, PhD (Western Cape) P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville) H Duh, BCom (University of Uyo, Nigeria), BCom (Hons), MCom (Witwatersrand), DCom (NMMU) T Combrinck, HDE, Bed, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) P Pugin, (BCom) (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa) Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (National Univ of Science & Tech) 7

Senior Administrator: Customer Relations Officer: Tutor Coordinator: Administrators: D Arendse, BTech (Cape Peninsula UT) Vacant M Bam M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape) F Jasson, BA (Western Cape) D Dowman ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) Coordinator: Vacant AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE) Director/Professor: Administrator: L Thompson, BA (Cape Town), BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) Vacant ECONOMICS Professors: Associate Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Undergraduate Administrator: Secretary: Administrative Assistant: *LJ Loots, BCom (RAU), BCom (Econ) (Hons) (RAU), DDE (Cantab) Rena, BA (Kakatiya), MA (Econ) (Osmania), BED (Annamalai), MPhil (Osmania), LLB (Kakatiya), PhD (Osmania) Cum Laude TO Ajilore, BSc (Obafemi Awolowo), MSc (Econ) (Obafemi Awolowo), PhD (Obafemi Awolowo) E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A & M), MA (OSU), PhD (OSU) M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (Western Cape) A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Econ) (William's College) KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch) C Christians, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town), BEcon (Hons) (Western Cape) C Dilgee N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town) C Arnold INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon (Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South Africa (HPCSA) Vacant *LA Bosman, BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch), Hons B (B&A) (Stellenbosch), DCom (UPE), P/G Dipl (Adv Labour Law) (RAU) Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA) K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin (Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human Resource Practitioner (SABPP) R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), 8

Lecturers: Marks Administrator: Secretary: Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Master HR: Educator and Training (SABPP) D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Cum Laude) (Western Cape) M van Staden, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) K Hendricks, BA, B Com (Hons) (Western Cape) D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) INFORMATION SYSTEMS Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Dept Administrator: Post-grad Administrator: Undergrad Administrator: *LCH Fourie, BA, BTh, MTh, LTh, DTh (Stellenbosch), MBA (Potchefstroom) Z Mitrovic, MCom (IM) (Western Cape), DTech (Cape Peninsula UT) JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom (IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture) US (MSAIF) C Cebindevu, BAdmin (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (UKZN) W Mwaba, BA (North West) A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape) LAW FACULTY Mercantile Law and Labour Law Head of Department: Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Employment Law: Company Law: Social Security Law: Public Law: Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM (Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD (Western Cape) MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM (Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High Court of SA E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town), Attorny of the High Court of SA P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of the High Court of SA G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law (Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA B Conradie K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) 9

POLITICAL STUDIES Professor: Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer: Senior Lecturer Lecturer: Associate Lecturer: Administrator: L Piper PhD (Cambridge) J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge) B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil (University of Essex) KA Gottschalk, BA (Hons) (Cape Town) T Luescher-Mamashela PhD (Cape Town) *C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town) MK Bafo, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) GC van Rooyen, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) R Leith, BA (Hons) (Pretoria) S Kuo, PhD (Rhodes) JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) Nadia Jansen MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professors: Extra-Ordinary Profs: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Senior Officer: Officers: Administrative Assistant: Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House) RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town) F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth) J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London) N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town) E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna) K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India) M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town) MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town) W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University) MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape) B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape) A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape) F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape) J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape) GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House) STATISTICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Prof: Senior Lecturers: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome) C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans University) D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa), MBL (South Africa) RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) R Shell, PhD (Yale) H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania University) G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris, Pantheon- Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo) 10

Lecturers: Chief Officers: Senior Officer: A Latief, MSc (Western Cape) N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu Bordeaux IV N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape) L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc (Cape Town) R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT Acting Director/Senior Professor: Professor: Extra-ordinary Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturer: Admin Officer: Librarian: Training Division Manager: Administrator: Finance Manager: Administrator: P/G Programme Coordinator: Senior P/G Administrator: P/G Administrator: CJJ Mphaisha, BA (Merit) (Zambia), MPA, PhD, (Pittsburgh) L Thompson, BA (Stellenbosch), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (Johns Hopkins, USA) JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum Laude), MA (UWC), MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA) CJJ Mphaisha, BA (Merit) (Zambia), MPA, PhD (Pittsburgh) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western Cape) I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria) G Davids, PhD L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA (Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) G Ruiters, F Hendricks Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial College) N Seymour E Hamza, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape) AD Roman, BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) B Du Plessis T Van Harte I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria) L Festers B Maart PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT U/G PROGRAMME Professor: Associate Proffessor: Senior Lecturer U/G Programme Coordinator: U/G Programme Administrator: CJJ Mphaisha, BA (Merit) (Zambia), MPA, PhD, (Pittsburgh) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MAdmin (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) I Ille, Bed (Hons) (University of Ibadan) Nigeria, MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (Pretoria) GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev (Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE (IIAP-France) L Eyssen 11

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) Director /Prof: A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex) Associate Professors: M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape) R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil (Sussex) Senior Researcher: G Paradza, MSc(Zim), PhD (Wageningen) B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil (Western Cape) Senior Lecturer/Researcher: M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) Researchers: K Kleinbooi, BA (Soc Work) (Stellenbosch), MPhil (Western Cape) D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes) O Ukpabi, MA (Amsterdam), MPhil (Cape Town) C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal) Research Iterns: D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe) M Ngubane, MA (Free State) A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape) Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed (Cape Town) Financial Manager: I Cilliers, BCom (Pret) BComp (Hons) CTA (South Africa), CA (SA) (PAAB) Finance Officer: F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College) Finance Officer: D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula UT) Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes) Senior Administrator (Events Man): T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin) Senior Administrator (P/G Prog): C Henry, BCom (Western Cape) Secretary J Lyner, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood) Office Assistant: B Mtolo, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape) Senior Student Assistant: N Ntloko, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) Fair Share Division Manager T Khaile, PGD in Public Management, (Witwatersrand), MA (Witwatersrand) F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) L Faulmann, (Certificate) (Western Cape) AFRCIAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to: Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social, economic, and political nature; Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and Adult Education courses; Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops. The ACCEDE s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa s majority and that the history of domination, conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the past, requires: The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, non-militaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid. An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of regional role for a democratic South Africa. 12

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of: the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of governance and administration; the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct, transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa. to broaden the School s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.); to give the School s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and descriptive understanding and knowledge; to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge. INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) Vision and Mission PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian reform, rural governance and natural resource management. PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals. PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and political transformation. FAIR SHARE Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is the unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes. A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations. 13

Programmes Local Economic Development (LED) The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government and in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5. Certificate in Economic development (CED) The CED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist their organizations and communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities. The CED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The CED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts. Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. To date, since 2003 177 students have participated in the CED. Research and Publications To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where we work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and educate ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of social and economic development issues. Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work. Advanced Diploma in Public Administration The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6. The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors. 14

THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) The Entrepreneurship Development Unit is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF) at the University of the Western Cape. The mission of the Entrepreneurship Development Unit is to promote enterprise development focusing on the SME sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context. The specific aims are: to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the SME (small, medium enterprises) sector to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the School of Business and Finance (SBF) which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise to partner the School of Business and Finance (SBF) in developing and teaching a specialized Enterprise Development stream in its honours programme. This stream will provide the training required by SME entrepreneurs to enable them to professionalize, develop and grow their operations, and by graduates keen to work with NGOs, financial institutions, etc. in providing management, financial, consultancy and other support to the SME sector to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the business community to develop and present short courses to address particular business/ organizational requirements and to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the Faculty. EMS STUDENT SUPPORT AND RESEARCH UNIT (ESSRU) In an attempt to improve student throughput, the Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences (EMS) started a Student Tracking Pilot Project in August 2006. The primary aim was to explore methodologies to improve academic performance as well as putting a structure in place that will assist struggling students to cope with their academic work during their first year of study. This resulted in the founding of the EMS Student Support and Research Unit (ESSRU). The ESSRU s One by One (ObO) Support Programme encompasses the overarching operational structure. They serve first year students through regular newsletters, news flashes, brochures, life skills workshops and a Face book page. One of their core values is to establish relationships and partnerships with those departments and units on campus that can assist them to proactively serve the students to the best of their ability. The ESSRU Voluntary Tutoring programme called Pay-it-forward is a student-led programme that started as a project in 2007. Up to twenty students have over the past three years signed up as volunteers each year. They assist students with the quantitative modules offered in the B Com Four Year Programme. The ESSRU also empower tutors with skills like goal-setting, teamwork and how to present effectively. For more information please refer to the faculty s website. 15

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION - 1605 D.99 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the following will apply: D.99.1 A Bachelor s degree or National Diploma in public administration or a related field OR D.99.2 A matric certificate (NSC) and a minimum of 10 years of appropriate practical work experience in the areas of governance and public administration and management D.100 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.101 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.101.1 D.101.2 The curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time or 2-years part-time The ADPA will be presented on a day-time block release basis or part-time study in the evenings. D.102 CURRICULUM D.102.1 The programme consists of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 credits as follows: Module Name Alpha Code Cred Introduction to Governance and Administration in Pub Sect PUA611 20 Public Policy PUA612 20 Managing Information and Communication PUA613 20 Leadership and Managing People PUA614 20 Managing Operations in Public Sector PUA615 20 Economics and Public Finance PUA616 20 TOTAL 120 D.103 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.103.1 D.103.2 D.103.3 D.103.4 A variety of integrated assessment methods will be used (both formative and summative) These will be designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge The assessment method includes tests and examinations, as well as a range of academic and practical assignments (essays, practical research reports, policy papers, case studies, individual and group projects and presentations) A minimum of 50% required to attain the qualification. Students would be afforded the opportunity to supplement examinations and assignment and to repeat a maximum of 2 modules 16

D.104 PROMOTION RULES D.104.1 Full Time Full time students are required to complete the diploma in one year with an additional year of registration if required. D.104.2 Part-Time D.104.2.1 Part-time students should obtain 60 credits in the 1 st year of study. D.104.2.2 Students should complete the diploma in the 2 nd year with an additional year of registration if required. ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (ADM) (1612 F/T) / (1613-PT) D.105 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.105.1 D.105.2 D.105.3 D.105.4 D.105.5 D.105.6 D.105.7 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: A Bachelor s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Management or Finance; A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; Anyone who has passed the SBF s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. Anyone who has passed the SBF s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part-time) Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.105.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.105.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.105.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.105.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.105.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.105.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D.105.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D.105.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; 17

D.105.8.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.105.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.105.8.5 Written the SBF s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.105.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.106 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School s admission evaluation. D.107 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.108 CURRICULUM D.108.1 Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are five core modules plus a choice of one Finance module. In addition students may choose any two electives. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules (5 modules = 75 credits) Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Marketing ADM620 15 Operations Management ADM623 15 Contempory Business Communication ADM626 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Business Finance ADM668 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Recommended Electives: Admission to Honours Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Strategic Management ADM629 15 Other Electives: Choose a maximum of 2 Employee Management MAN651 15 Entrepreneurship ADM607 15 Financial & Analytical Techniques ADM610 Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Project Management MAN620 15 SME Management ADM631 15 Recommended Electives (PG Studies in Finance) Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 TOTAL 120 D.108.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. 18

D.108.3 D.108.4 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may not be considered by the School on an individual basis. Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.109 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.109.1 D.109.2 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.109.3 D.109.4 D.109.4 D.109.5 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 45% for the outstanding module. Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.110 PROMOTION RULES D.110.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.110.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.111 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D.111.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D.111.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D.111.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D.111.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment. 19

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCE - 1610 D.112 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.112.1 D.112.2 D.112.3 D.112.4 D.112.5 D.112.6 D.112.7 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: A Bachelor s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance; A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; Anyone who has passed the SBF s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. Anyone who has passed the SBF s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part-time) Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.112.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.112.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.112.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.112.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.112.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.112.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D.112.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D.112.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; D.112.8.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.112.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.112.8.5 Written the SBF s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.112.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. 20

D.113 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School s admission evaluation. D.114 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.115 CURRICULUM D.115.1 Students are required to complete 8 core modules Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Finance Research & Communication FRC611 15 Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Students who have completed equivalents to the core modules at HEQC level 6 or higher may complete up to 3 of the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance SME Consulting ADM610 15 Strategic Management ADM629 15 Investment Management ADM605 15 Investment Analysis ADM680 15 TOTAL 120 D.115.2 D.115.3 D.115.4 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may not be considered by the School on an individual basis. Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.116 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.116.1 D.116.2 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. 21

D.116.3 D.116.4 D.116.4 D.116.5 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 45% for the outstanding module. Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.117 PROMOTION RULES D.117.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.117.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.118 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D.118.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D.118.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D.118.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D.118.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment. ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCIAL PLANNING - 1615 D.119 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.119.1 D.119.2 D.119.3 D.119.4 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: A Bachelor s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance; A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; Anyone who has passed the SBF s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. 22

D.119.5 D.119.6 D.119.7 Anyone who has passed the SBF s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part-time) Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.119.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.119.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.119.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.119.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.119.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.119.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D.119.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D.119.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; D.119.8.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.119.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.119.8.5 Written the SBF s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.119.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.120 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School s admission evaluation. D.121 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.122 CURRICULUM D.122.1 Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are six core modules plus two electives. Students either choose Quantitive Analysis and Financial Management OR Principles of Management and Business Finance. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Principles Short-term Insurance IST611 15 Principle Long-term Insurance and Retirement Planning LTI614 15 SME Management ADM631 15 Financial Planning ADM632 15 23

Electives: Choose 1 of: Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Financial Management ADM622 15 Business Finance ADM668 15 Recommended electives for admission to p/g studies in Finance Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Students who have completed equivalents to the above modules at HEQC level 6 or higher shall complete up to 4 o the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance Finance Research and Communiction FRC611 15 Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Investment Analysis ADM680 15 Investment Management ADM605 15 TOTAL 120 D.122.2 D.122.3 D.122.4 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may not be considered by the School on an individual basis. Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.123 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.123.1 D.123.2 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.123.3 D.123.4 D.123.5 D.123.6 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 45% for the outstanding module. Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply 24

D.124 PROMOTION RULES D.124.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.124.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.125 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D.125.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D.125.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D.125.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D.125.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (PGDM) - 1623 D.126 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.126.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management or Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.126.1.1 A Bachelor s degree, majoring in Management or Finance or a cognate subject, or equivalent qualification. D.126.1.2 The ADM specializing in Management, Finance or Financial Planning or equivalent qualification (HEQF Level 7). D.126.2 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D.126.2.1 completed the School s application form; D.126.2.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.126.2.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.126.2.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.126.2.5 written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.126.2.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. 25

D.126.3 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.126.3.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.126.3.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.126.3.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.126.3.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.126.3.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.127 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applcants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.128 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.129 CURRICULUM D.129.1 Students choose eight modules from the modules listed below. D.129.1.1 Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. D.129.1.2 Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment. D.129.1.3 If more than four compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below a maximum of 60 credits (4 modules) will be counted towards the qualification. D.129.1.4 The remaining credits shall be selected from the electives listed below. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Marketing MAN754 15 Operations Management MAN757 15 Principles of Management Accounting MAN753 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Electives Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Management Research Report MRR712 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Entrepreneurship & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Financial Management MAN756 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 26

Management Research Report MRR711 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Analysis MAN748 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Supply Chain Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 One of the following modules is required for Admission to Masters Analytical and Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRP711 15 TOTAL 120 D.130 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.130.1 D.130.2 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.130.3 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.131 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.131.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.131.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.132 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCE 1624 D.133 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.133.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.133.1.1 A Bachelor s degree with at least 30 credits in Finance or a cognate subject at the final year level; 27

D.133.1.2 The ADM (Finance) or equivalent qualification (HEQF level 7) specialising in Finance; D.133.1.3 The ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) with Finance (HEQF level 7) OR the equivalent D.133.1.4 A student holding the ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) may only be admitted to the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance if s/he has passed Financial Management with at least 50% CAM and 50% EM or equivalent level 7 qualification D.133.1.5 A student who is required to complete more than 4 core foundation modules as listed below will not be admitted. D.133.2 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D.133.2.1 completed the School s application form; D.133.2.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.133.2.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.133.2.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.133.2.5 written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.133.2.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.133.3 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.133.3.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.133.3.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.133.3.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.133.3.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.133.3.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.134 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.135 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.136 CURRICULUM D.136.1 D.136.2 D.136.3 D.136.4 D.136.5 All students complete 8 modules (120 credits). Students must complete all core foundation modules listed below unless they have passed equivalent modules at level 6 or higher, as determined by Head: Finance Division. Core foundation modules listed below must be completed in the first year of enrolment. A maximum of 4 core foundation modules (60 credits) will count towards the qualification. Students are required to complete a minimum of 4 modules (60 credits) from either the Financial Management Focus Area or the Investment Management Focus Area. 28

D.136.6 D.136.7 D.136.8 Students may choose a maximum of 2 other electives (30 credits) from below. Students wishing to register for a Masters degree should select FRP711 Finance Research as an elective. Remaining electives may be chosen from any other elective moduleslisted below. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Foundation Modules (Maximum of 60 credits) Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Financial Accounting 1 ACC781 15 Information Systems & Technology MAN747 15 Investment Management MAN705 15 Quantitative Analysis MAN748 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Research and Communication for Finance RCF711 15 Financial Management Focus Area (Choose Minimum of 4) Core Modules (30 credits) Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Electives (30 credits minimum) Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Financial Accounting 2 ACC782 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Investment Management Focus Area Core Modules (30-45 credits) Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15 Investment Analysis* MAN780 15 Electives (15 credits minimum) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Short Term Insurance and Risk IST712 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Other electives: Choose a maximum of 2 Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance) MAN709 15 Finance Research Report FRR711 15 Information Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Research Elective: Required for admission to Masters Finance Research FRP711 15 TOTAL 120 D.137 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.137.1 D.137.2 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. 29

D.137.3 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.138 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.138.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.138.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.139 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (LAS) - 1616 D.140 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies, applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geographical and Environmental Studies, with at least three years relevant experience in poverty, land reform and sustainable natural resource management. For those applicants without first degrees, recognition of prior learning (RPL) procedures will apply to candidates with extensive work experience (at least ten years) in land, agrarian, rural development, natural resources and gender issues, and with good writing abilities. The most likely candidates for RPL applications are experienced practitioners who may not have had the opportunity to engage in higher education, or who may only have a diploma or certificate qualification. D.141 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.142 DURATION The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time subject to Rule A.4.1. D.143 CURRICULUM Students will be required to complete the four taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place of two teaching blocks consisting of three weeks each. All modules and attendance are compulsory. Students who successfully complete the coursework will graduate with a PG Diploma. The PG Diploma would provide entrance into the MPhil in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies programme. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Structural Poverty and Marginalised Livelihoods in Southern African Agro- Food Systems LAS711 30 The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa LAS712 30 Economics of Farming and Food Systems LAS713 30 Social and Ecological Dimensions of Ecosystem Management LAS714 30 TOTAL 120 30

D.144 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.145 PROGRESS RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.146 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.147 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. BCOM (HONOURS) - 1701 D.148 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) D.148.1 D.148.2 Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice. Admission into Industrial Psychology D.148.2.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D.148.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub-minimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D.148.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D.148.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D.148.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to be admitted to a bridging programme. However, the completion of a prescribed bridging programme in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed a prescribed bridging programme will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of students who have completed a bridging programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D.148.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. 31

D.148.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. D.149 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D.150 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.151 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Development Studies (students choosing Development Studes should liaise directly with the Institute for Development Studies in the Arts Faculty), Economics, Industrial Psychology, and Statistics (students choosing Statistics should liaise directly with the Statistics Department in the Science Faculty) of which students have to select only one (1). D.151.1 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO721 30 Applied Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3) Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15 Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120 D.151.2 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 Training Management BPS708 15 TOTAL 120 32

D.152 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.153 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.153.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.153.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.154 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.155 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.155.1 D.155.2 D.155.3 D.155.4 Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. BCOM (HONOURS) INFORMATION SYSTEMS - 1703 D.156 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) Information Systems Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice. D.157 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. 33

D.158 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.159 CURRICULUM D.159.1 Part-Time Module Name Alpha Code Cred Building and Buying Systems IFS713 15 Information and Knowledge Management IFS715 15 Research Methods IFS716 15 Practical Research Project IFS717 45 Information Technology IFS718 15 The Network World IFS719 15 TOTAL 120 D.159.2 Full Time Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Delivering IS Benefits IFS711 15 IS Practice IFS721 15 Advanced Systems Delivery IFS712 15 IS Research IFS722 15 End User Practical IFS731 15 Choose 1 of: Internship IFS714 45 Research Project IFS724 45 Capita Selecta IFS734 45 TOTAL 120 D.160 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.161 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.161.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.161.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.162 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.163 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 34

BADMIN (HONOURS) - 1711 D.164 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme D.164.1 D.164.2 Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice. Admission into Industrial Psychology D.164.2.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D.164.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub-minimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D.164.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D.164.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D.164.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to be admitted to a bridging programme. However, the completion of a prescribed bridging programme in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed a prescribed bridging programme will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of students who have completed a bridging programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D.164.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D.164.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. D.165 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.166 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. 35

D.167 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies. Students have to selectonly one (1). D.167.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization andmanagement PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15 Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120 D.167.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Research Methodology POL701 30 Research Project POL706 30 Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL708 30 International Polical Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30 Political Philosophy POL711 30 South African Politics POL719 30 Political Transitions POL721 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory 723 POL723 30 International Relations Theory POL730 30 Security Studies POL731 30 TOTAL 120 D.167.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 Training Management BPS708 15 TOTAL 120 D.167.4 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO721 30 Applied Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 36

Electives (Choose 3) Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15 Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120 D.167.5 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS731 24 Comparative Economic Systems DVS732 24 Research Methodology DVS733 24 Electives (Choose 2) Research Paper DVS701 24 Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS746 24 Social Policy & Development DVS706 24 Development Management DVS703 24 Rural Development DVS734 24 Social Problems and Development DVS839 24 Poverty and Public Finance DVS843 24 TOTAL 120 D.168 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.169 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.169.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.169.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.170 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.171 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.171.1 Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. 37

D.171.2 D.171.3 D.171.4 In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. BECON (HONOURS) - 1781 D.172 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BEcon (Honours) D.172.1 D.172.2 Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice. Admission into Industrial Psychology D.172.2.1 Students choosing to major in Industrial Psychology require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) is required for admission to the Honours in Industrial Psychology. D.172.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub-minimum of 55% per module. The Department o Industrial Pscyology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration o both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic perormance o students. D.172.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D.172.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D.172.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to be admitted to a bridging programme. However, the completion of a prescribed bridging programme in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed a prescribed bridging programme will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of students who have completed a bridging programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D.172.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. 38

D.142.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. D.173 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.174 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.175 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students must select only one (1) D.175.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization andmanagement PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15 Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120 D.175.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Research Methodology POL701 30 Research Project POL706 30 Electives (Choose 3) Comparative Area Politics POL708 30 International Political Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30 Political Philosophy POL711 30 The Politics of Mass Communication POL712 30 South African Politics POL719 30 Political Transitions POL721 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory POL723 30 Regional Community Foregin Policy POL724 30 Institutions and Policy-making in a regional Comm-case study POL725 30 International Relations Theory POL730 30 Security Studies POL731 30 TOTAL 150 39

D.175.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 Training Management BPS708 15 TOTAL 120 D.175.4 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO721 30 Applied Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3) Applied and Policy Economics ECO711 15 Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120 D.175.5 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS731 24 Comparative Economic Systems DVS732 24 Research Methodology DVS733 24 Electives (Choose 2) Research Paper DVS701 24 Social Policy & Development DVS706 24 Development Management DVS703 24 Rural Development DVS734 24 Social Policy & Development DVS706 24 Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS746 24 TOTAL 120 D.176 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.177 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: 40

D.177.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.177.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.178 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.179 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.179.1 D.179.2 D.179.3 D.179.4 Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any three (3) o the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. BCOM (HONOURS) ACCOUNTING 1792 NB: This degree, combined with the BCom (Accounting) degree is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. D.180 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the BCom (Hons) in Accounting D.180.1 D.180.2 A BCom (Accounting) degree or equivalent (as approved by the Department of Accounting) and Passed all the 3 rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree (or equivalent) in one year and D.180.2.1 A minimum weghtedaverage final mark of 57% have been obtained for the 3 rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree (or equivalent) for students completing the qualifcation in upto 4 years (5 years for extended curriculum students). Students who had taken 5 years or more to complete their qualification require 63%; and 41

D.180.2.2 Obtained a final mark of 55% for each of the 3 rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree (or equivalent): D.180.3 The 3 rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree for purposes of the selction are: Financial Accounting, Auditing, Management Accounting and Taxation. Weighting of the marks of these modules will take place based on the credit values of these modules. D.181 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.182 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full. D.183 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Financial Accounting ACC721 50 Advanced Auditing ACC741 30 Advanced Management Accounting and Financial ACC751 30 ManaManagement Advanced Taxation ACC706 30 Research Project ACC711 20 TOTAL 160 D.184 ASSESSMENT D.184.1 D.184.2 Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. In order to pass, a student must obtain at least: 50% for Research Project 711 and 48% for all the other modules and a weighted average final mark of a least 50% calculated over the following modules: Advanced Financial Accounting 721 Advanced Auditing 741 Advanced Management Accounting and Financial Management 751 Advanced Taxation 706, where Advanced Financial Accounting 721 is weighted double. D.185 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 80 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 160 credit programme) D.186 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.187 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 42

BCOM (HONOURS) MANAGEMENT - 1731 D.188 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the BCom (Hons) in Management D.188.1 D.188.2 D.188.3 D.188.4 A bachelor s degree majoring in Management, Finance, Entrepreneurship, Business Economics or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or The ADM specializing in Management or Finance with an average of at least 60%; or The ADM specializing in Management or Finance or a bachelor s degree with a pass in Management, Finance, Business Economics or the equivalent at third year level PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after the completion of the ADM or bachelor s degree. Admission under this clause is subject to the approval of Senate. Rule A.2.1.4 applies to these candidates. A student who has completed a BCom degree but majored in another subject but has completed: D.188.4.1 At least two third year modules in Management or Finance; and D.188.4.2 Has completed these modules with a 60% average. D.188.4.3 Such student will be requied to register for 10 modules (150 credits), including Strategic Management and Research and Communication for Business, or equivalent, to complete the requirements of the degree. D.188.5 A student who has not completed more than two of the Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree. D.188.5.1 If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has completed the ADM (Finance) must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission: a. Marketing (MAN754) b. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) c. Operations Management (MAN757) D.188.5.2 If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has completed the ADM (Finance) must pass three of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission: a. Information Systems and Technology (MAN747) b. Marketing (MAN754) c. Principles of Management (MAN751) d. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) e. Operations Management (MAN757) Note: Applicants who pass the mdoules but do not attain 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM D.188.6 An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: D.188.6.1 completed the School s Application Form; D.188.6.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; 43

D.188.6.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.188.6.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.188.6.5 written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.188.6.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.188.6 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.188.6.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.188.6.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.188.6.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.188.6.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.188.6.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.189 SELECTION Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module. D.190 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.191 CURRICULUM D.191.1 D.191.2 D.191.3 D.191.4 D.191.5 D.191.6 Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research and a minimum of 60 credits of Management electives as indicated below. Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment. If more than two compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below they must be completed prior to admission in addition to the degree requirements. All students must complete one Research module (15 credits) from below and either a Research Report (15 credits) OR a Field Study (30 credits) from the list below. Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from Other Electives or honours level modules selected from the B.Com.(Hons) (Finance) or an undergraduate major (e.g. Industrial Psychology or Information Systems) with permission of the Head: Management Division and the Head of the relevant Department. The programme is comprised of two (2) streams, namely: Management and Finance and Investments. Students have to select one (1) stream. 44

D.191.7 The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance. Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 (Select 1 module) Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRP711 15 Analytical & Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR711 15 Field Study MAN717 30 Group 3 Electives (Select 6 modules) Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Enterprise & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Materials and Supply Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 TOTAL 120-135 OPTION 2 Group 1 (Select at least 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Information Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Marketing MAN754 15 Operations Management MAN757 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRP711 15 Analytical & Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Group 3 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR745 15 Field Study MAN717 30 Group 4 - (Select 4 modules) Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Enterprise & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Materials and Supply Management MAN730 15 45

World Class Operations MAN721 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking(compulsory for Masters) MAN746 15 TOTAL 120-135 D.192 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.193 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.193.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year. D.193.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme. D.194 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.195 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.195.1 D.195.2 D.195.3 A student shall complete at least 120 NQF credits of which at least 60% should be Management modules. The balance can be taken from any other part of the University. The selection of these modules is subject to the approval of the Chairperson of the department. MAN746 Analytical and Critical Thinking is strongly recommended for all honours students and is compulsory for all students who intend to advance to Masters Level. Students who intend to advance to Masters level are also advised to complete STA702 Research Methodology and/or STA 501 Research Statistics. Please Note: Not all modules will be offered every year: BCOM (HONOURS) FINANCE - 1721-FT / 1722-PT D.196 ADMISSION D.196.1 D.196.2 D.196.3 A bachelor s degree majoring in Finance or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or The ADM (Financ) or equivalent with an average of at least 60%; or The ADM (Finance) or a bachelor s degree with a pass in Finance or the equivalent at third year level PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after the completion of the ADM or bachelor s degree. Admission under this clause is subject to the satisfactory results in the SBF s Admission Evaluation and the approval of Senate. Rule A.2.1.4 applies to these candidates. 46

D.196.4 D.196.5 A student who has completed the BCom degree with a major in a subject other than Finance (e.g. Economics) and has completed at least two third Finance modules (i.e. MAN305, MAN307, MAN308, MAN312) or equivalent with a 60% average. A student who has not completed more than two of the Foundational Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree. D.196.5.1 A student who has completed the ADM (Financial Planning) with Quantivative Analysis and Financial Management as subjects, with an average of at least 60% must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the 4 modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission: a. Information Systems and Technology (MAN747) b. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) c. Principles of Management (MAN751) d. Financial Accounting (ACC781) Note: Applicants who passed the modules but did not attain a 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM D.196.6 An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: D.196.6.1 completed the School s Application Form; D.196.6.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.196.6.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.196.6.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.196.6.5 written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.196.6.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.196.7 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.196.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.196.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.196.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.196.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.196.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.197 SELECTION Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module. 47

D.198 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.199 CURRICULUM D.199.1 D.199.2 D.199.3 D.199.4 D.199.5 D.199.6 D.199.7 D.199.8 Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research, 45 credits of core Finance modules and a minimum of 15 credits of Finance electives. Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. Compulsory modules should be completed in the first year of enrolment. If more than two compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below they must be completed prior to admission in addition to the degree requirements. All students must complete the five Core modules as listed below. Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from other electives or honours level modules selected from an undergraduate major (e.g. Economics or Statistics) with permission of the Head: Finance Division and the Head of the relevant Department. The programme is comprised of two (2) streams, namely: Management and Finance. Students have to select one (1) stream. The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance. Please Note: Some electives are not offered every year and all modules may not be offered on a parttime basis: Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 - Core Modules (Select all) Finance Research FRP711 15 Finance Research Report FRR712 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Group 2 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Financial Accounting ACC782 15 Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Insurance Short Term IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Financial Accounting ACC781 15 Investment Analysis MAN780 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 TOTAL 120 48

OPTION 2: Where a student is admitted to the programme without passing equivalent modules at NQF level 6 or higher the student must choose at least 2 modules from group 1 Group 1 (Select 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Informations Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Investment Management MAN705 15 Principles of Management Accounting MAN753 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Group 2 (Select all modules) Finance Research FRP711 15 Finance Research Report FRR712 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Financial Accounting ACC782 15 Group 4 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA711 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Insurance Short Term IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Financial Accounting ACC781 15 Investment Analysis MAN780 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 TOTAL 120 D.200 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.201 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.201.1 Full-time A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year. D.201.2 Part-time A part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme. D.202 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 49

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Structutred) - 1863 D.203 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce MCom D.203.1 D.203.2 The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology) D.203.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D.203.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (Industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D.203.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be allowed entry into the Masters programme. D.203.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters Programme. D.204 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.205 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and parttime. D.206 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, and Statistics. Students have to select one (1). D.206.1 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Research Project ECO803 60 Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose any 4) Regional and Local Government Finance ECO833 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Natural Resource Economics ECO837 15 50

Financial Economics ECO838 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Capita Selecta ECO821 15 Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO822 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 Development Economics ECO826 15 TOTAL 180 D.206.2 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1 st enrolment) Mini-Thesis (2 nd enrolment) IPS803 IPS804 60 Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff avaialability Labour Relations BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 160 D.206.3 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation (advanced) DVS831 24 Economics for Development Studies (advanced) DVS832 24 Research Methodology DVS841 24 Masters Mini-thesis (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Masters Mini-thesis (2 nd Enrolment) DVS804 48 Electives (select 3 modules) Social Problems and Development DVS839 24 Social Policy and Development (advanced) DVS807 24 Development Management (advanced) DVS808 24 Community Development in Theory and Practice (advanced) DVS846 24 Poverty and Public Finance DVS843 24 Rural Development DVS834 24 TOTAL 180 D.206.4 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.207 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.208 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.209 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 51

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Thesis) - 1801 D.210 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce MCom D.210.1 The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D.211 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.212 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and parttime. D.213 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of speacialisation areas, namely Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management, Accounting and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) specialization area. D.213.1 D.213.2 Economics (Currently not offered) Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801(1 st Enrolment) IPS801 Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd enrolment) IPS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.213.3 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.213.4 Information Systems Module Name Alpha Code Cred Information Systems Mag Thesis 801 (1 ST Enrolment) IFS801 Information Systems Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) IFS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.213.5 Accounting Module Name Alpha Code Cred Accounting Mag Thesis 801 (1 ST Enrolment) ACC801 Accounting Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) ACC802 180 TOTAL 180 D.213.6 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) 52

D.214 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.215 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.216 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: Gene ral Information Part 1. MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Structured) - 1817 D.217 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration MAdmin D.217.1 D.218.2 Admission to a Master s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. Admission Requirements for the MAdmin (Industrial Psychology) D.218.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D.218.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D.218.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D.218.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters Programme. D.218.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.219 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. 53

D.220 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time & part-time. D.221 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one (1) area. D.221.1 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) POL803 Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) POL804 60 Advanced Research Methodology POL811 30 Electives (Choose 3 Modules) Comparative Area Politics POL813 30 International Political Economy POL814 30 Political Violence POL815 30 Political Philosophy POL816 30 Political Development in South Africa POL819 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL822 30 Institutions and Policy making in a Regional Community POL823 30 Regional Community Foreign Policy POL824 30 Capita Selecta POL835 30 International Relations Theory POL840 30 Security Studies POL841 30 TOTAL 180 D.221.2 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO803 60 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Electives (Choose any 4) Regional and Local Government Finance ECO833 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Natural Resource Economics ECO837 15 Financial Economics ECO838 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Capita Selecta ECO821 15 Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO822 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 TOTAL 180 D.221.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1 st enrolment) IPS803 Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd enrolment) IPS804 60 Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Man BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 54

Electives (Choose 2 modules) Depending on demand and availability of teaching staff Labour Relations BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 160 D.221.4 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation (advanced) DVS831 24 Economics for Development Studies (advanced) DVS832 24 Research Methodology DVS841 24 Development Studies Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Development Studies Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS804 60 Electives (select 1 modules) Social Policy and Development (advanced) DVS807 24 Development Management (advanced) DVS808 24 Community Development in Theory and Practice (advanced) DVS846 24 Rural Development DVS834 24 Social Problems and Development DVS839 24 Poverty and Public Finance DVS843 24 TOTAL 180 D.222 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.223 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.224 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.225 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.225.1 Subject to the written approval of the Head of Department, the electives may be selected from Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government, School of Business and Finance, Industrial Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc., provided the modules were not previously taken at Honours level. Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments. By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees). MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Thesis) - 1811 D.226 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration MAdmin D.226.1 Admission to a Master s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. 55

D.227 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.228 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full-time & part-time. D.229 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one area. D.229.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Public Admin Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) PUA801 Public Admin Mag Thesis 802 (2 ND Enrolment) PUA802 180 TOTAL 180 D.229.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Political Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) POL801 Political Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 ND Enrolment) POL802 180 TOTAL 180 D.229.3 Industrial Psychology (Please consult with the Department) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) IPS801 Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) IPS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.229.4 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.230 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.231 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.232 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.233 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned. 56

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Management) -1830 D.234 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce - MCom D.234.1 D.234.2 D.234.3 D.234.4 D.234.5 a 60% pass in an Honours degree in Management, Business Administration, Finance/Investments or equivalent qualification; a four-year or Honours degree or equivalent in Management PLUS at least three years appropriate full-time work experience after graduation; 70 % for the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives plus at least three years appropriate full-time work experience ; a student who has not completed an Honours degree in Management, Finance or Business Economics, must first complete the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives before embarking on the Masters programme. Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: (a) Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 6 on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) (c) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) (d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) (e) Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.235 APPLICATION PROCEDURE D.235.1 An application for admission will only be considered once the applicant has: D.235.1.1 submitted a SBF Application Form as well as the University Application Form plus all required supporting documentation (academic transcripts and referee reports); D.235.1.2 written the School s Admission Evaluation at the stipulated time and place or submitted results of the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) if not a student in the School in the previous three years; D.235.1.3 provided proof of English language competence where appropriate; D.235.1.4 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so; D.235.1.5 submitted a draft research proposal in the case of students who wish to do a Masters by thesis only. D.236 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.237 DURATION The Masters in Management can be completed in three years part-time or at least one year full-time. Students are permitted three years to complete the degree. 57

D.238 CURRICULUM There are three modes available in which the programme can be completed. Students should select only one mode: D.238.1 Mode 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Management Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) MAN803 90 Management Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) MAN804 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved by the MRC) Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select three 15 credit modules (3x15=45) Please see rule D.201 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D.238.2 Mode 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Project MAN863 60 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved by the MRC) Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select five 15 credit modules (5x15=75) Please see rule D.201 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D.238.3 Mode 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Report MAN862 45 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved by the MRC) Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select six 15 credit modules (6x15=90) Please see rule D.201regarding elective modules Ethics and Leadership MAN805 15 Managing Organisational Transformation MAN806 15 Advanced Management Seminar MAN807 15 Corporate Governance MAN808 15 Business and the Political Economy MAN809 15 Understanding People and Organizations MAN813 15 Advanced Strategic Management MAN814 15 Organizational Diagnosis MAN815 15 Organisation Theory: Classical Foundation MAN810 15 Organization Theory: Contemporary Perspectives MAN811 15 Comparative Organization and Management MAN812 15 Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise MAN813 15 Corporate Finance (MAN704/MAN706 MAN820 15 Advanced Finance Seminar MAN821 15 Fixed income security analysis (MAN704/MAN780) MAN822 15 Advanced Investments (MAN780) MAN823 15 58

Corporate Taxation (MAN756) MAN824 15 International Finance Seminar (MAN704) MAN825 15 Advanced Labour Relations Seminar MAN830 15 Industrial Relations Topics MAN831 15 Strategic Human Resouce Issues (MAN755) MAN832 15 Advanced Marketing Seminar MAN840 15 Marketing Topic MAN841 15 Work Organization (MAN721) MAN850 15 Advanced Operations Seminar (MAN850) MAN851 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Advanced Research Methods (MAN860) MAN861 15 Research Report MAN862 45 Research Project MAN863 60 Management Research Seminar (MAN860) MAN864 15 SA Business and Globalisation (MAN749 or equivalent) MAN865 15 TOTAL 180 D.239 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.240 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.241 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION D.241.1 D.241.2 The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed the coursework in two years and the research report or mini-thesis in the third year. A student can only renew his/her registration if the draft research proposal complies with A.3.3.2. (c) at the end of the 1 st year and the complete research proposal has been approved by the MRC before the end of the 2 nd year of enrolment. After three years a student must apply to proceed with his/her studies subject to rule. A.4.4.2. D.242 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.242.1 D.242.2 D.242.3 D.242.4 A Research component is required for all Masters Degrees. Students can choose between the thesis, the mini-thesis, research project, or a research report. The number of electives that must be taken varies in inverse proportion to the scope of the research component (see above). Students are required to complete two Masters-level modules in research methods. In addition students may be required to complete the Honours-level prerequisite for MAN860 Business Research Methods - MAN746 Analytical and Critical Thinking. Students who plan to utilize quantitative research methodologies are advised to complete modules in statistics to prepare for the research component. Research Reports and Research Projects differ from mini-theses in that they are more limited in scope and rigour. Theses need to be based on a thorough review of the theoretical and empirical literature on the topic, a coherent conceptual framework and an appropriate methodology. Research Reports and Projects can be based on a limited review of management frameworks and appropriate use of management techniques or descriptive research. The Mini-Thesis (90 credits) must be of approximately 25 000 words (80 to 100 pages doublespaced) The Research Project (60 NQF credits) must be of approximately 15 000 words (50 to 60 pages double-spaced) 59

D.242.5 Electives should be selected as follows: D.242.5.1 At least 60% of elective credits must be selected from Management modules at Masters level. D.242.5.2 Subject to the written approval of the Head: Management division, the electives maybe selected from graduate courses offered by the School of Business and Finance or Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government, Industrial Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc. Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments. By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees). D.242.5.3 The remaining course-work credits may be selected from Honours or Masters modules in the School of Business and Finance or Masters-level modules from any other department or school in the University, D.242.6 D.242.7 D.242.8 D.242.9 The Management Research Committee (MRC) is responsible for monitoring progress of Masters and Doctoral Students in the School of Business and Finance and reports to the Faculty s Higher Degrees Committee. (EFHD) It is the student s responsibility to find a supervisor and discuss a possible topic with her/him prior to registration. Before an application for admission for a full thesis Masters or PhD can be formally considered, a supervisor must be identified and the prospective student works with him/her to prepare a draft proposal. The draft proposal must be submitted to the MRC who will make a recommendation on admission to the Faculty s Higher Degrees Committee. No research proposal, abstract or title of a student s registered in the SBF may be submitted to the EMS Faculty Higher Degrees Committee without prior approval from the MRC. D.242.10 Before the end of the first year of registration students enrolled for a coursework Masters must submit a research title, abstract and draft proposal, signed by the supervisor, for approval by the MRC. D.242.11 Before registration all Masters students must submit a form signed by the supervisor confirming the proposed research topic to the MRC for confirmation of supervisor allocation. D.242.12 Before the end of the first year of registration, all students enrolled for a Masters by thesis or PhD must submit a research title, abstract and final proposal, signed by the supervisor, for approval by the MRC. D.242.13 The final research proposal of a coursework Masters student must be approved by the MRC before the end of the second year of registration. Students will not be re-admitted for a 3 rd year of registration unless their full proposals have been approved. D.242.14 At each quarterly MRC meeting the supervisor and student submit a brief progress report and the anticipated date of submission. D.242.15 Requests to change supervisor or withdraw from supervision should be submitted to the MRC in writing. D.242.16 Please note the following: D.242.17 Compliance with the above steps is the responsibility of the student. D.242.18 MRC meetings will take place quarterly in about the 5th week of each term at dates to be determined at the start of each academic year. 60

D.242.19 If the required documentation is not submitted to the MRC in time for the meeting, the student has to wait for the next meeting for allocation of a supervisor or approval of their research proposals. D.242.20 Once allocated to a student the supervisor is primarily responsible for advising the student and may withhold approval to submit the final research project or thesis if it is not of an adequate quality. MASTER IN PHILOSOPHY IN LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES - 1843 D.243 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS) D.243.1 D.243.2 For admission to the MPhil (Coursework) in Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have obtained an average of 65% in the PG Diploma, and a proposal accepted by the PLAAS Reserch Committee. For admission to the MPhil (Research) in Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have at least an Honours Degree (or equivalent) in an appropriate subject (Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geography, and Environmental Studies) with an average of 65%. Students must demonstrate a good understanding of their chosen research topic and have research experience in one or more of the following themes poverty, land, agrarian, rural development, and natural resources.. D.244 DURATION The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2 D.245 CURRICULUM The MPhil (Coursework) will require completion of a mini-thesis in LAS805: Research Methods on an appropriate topic in poverty, land, agrarian, natural resources to be agreed upon by the PLAAS Research Committee. Suitably qualified candidates may apply to take the MPhil (Research), involving a full length Master s thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land, agrarian and natural resources. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Mini-Thesis (1 st Enrolment) LAS803 Mini-Thesis (2 nd Enrolment) LAS804 180 TOTAL 180 D.246 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.247 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.248 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 61

D.249 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME Students without research experience and interested in applying or Masters Research ull thesis will be required to complete courses in Research Methodology and social theory before starting with the full-length Masters thesis. MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (Structured) - 1851 D.250 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPA D.250.1 D.250.2 D.250.2.1 D.250.2.2 D.250.2.3 D.250.2.4 D.250.2.5 D.250.2.6 D.250.2.7 D.250.2.8 D.250.2.9 In the light of the past educational disadvantages experienced by many people who might benefit from the new programme, the School of Government (the School) would like to keep the admission requirements as open and flexible as possible, consistent with the maintenance of academic standards and within the parameters laid down by the Department of National Education for career-related degrees. Admission into the MPA degree in the School of Government will be based on the following requirements: Honours degree, B.Tech or equivalent in public administration or a related field; Advanced Bachelor s degree (e.g.ll.b or B.Ed) or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration. 4-year Bachelor s degree or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration. A Bachelor s degree, plus postgraduate diploma in public administration or a related field. Three year Bachelor s degree in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, and demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level. A Post-Graduate Diploma in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, as well as demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level, where the postgraduate diploma holder has no previous degree. A minimum of 60% average required for admission Where practical experience is part of the admission requirements, the School will normally require evidence of a minimum of three years appropriate experience. In assessing the relevance of such experience for the purpose of admission, however, the School will attach greater weight to the competencies gained from such experience than to the length of experience per se. Subject to approval by Senate, upon the recommendation of the School and Faculty, students may also be admitted into the MPA, providing they are able to demonstrate that they have in any other manner attained a level of competence sufficient to enable them to embark successfully upon the programme, in line with the University regulation A2.1.4 and the University s competency guidelines. D.250.2.10 In the case of students, applying under the requirements in (D.209.2.9) two of the three references must be of an academic nature. In the case of those who must show evidence of practical experience, the third reference must be from a previous employer. In the case of those, applying under regulation A2.1.4 the references must be such that they are able to demonstrate the applicant s competence for post-graduate study. 62

D.250.2.11 In the case of applicants who have attained an Upper Second or equivalent in a previous Honours degree or equivalent in public administration or a related field, selection will be on the basis of the application form, transcripts, references and statement. Applicants may also be required to attend an interview. All other applicants will be required to attend an interview, as well as to furnish a portfolio of evidence demonstrating their competence to proceed at the Masters level in governance and public administration. D.250.2.12 Applicants who fall within regulation A2.1.4 will be required to attend an interview and to furnish proof of the required number of years work experience. In addition, they will be required to submit and defend an essay or practical assignment on a topic set by the school. Where appropriate, they will also be required to submit a portfolio of previous work done. D.251 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 3 years part-time D.252 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Mini-Thesis (1 st Enrolment) MPA801 Mini-Thesis (2 nd Enrolment) MPA802 120 Theoretical and Comparative Approached to Governance MPA811 15 Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management MPA812 15 Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance MPA813 15 Research Methods and Skills MPA814 15 Research Seminar MPA815 15 Choose 3 electives Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector MPA816 15 Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation MPA817 15 Managing Change in the Public Sector MPA818 15 Public Finance and Budgeting MPA819 15 Administrative Law MPA821 15 Development Policy, Planning and Management MPA822 15 Urban Development MPA823 15 Rural Development MPA824 15 Gender and Development Management MPA825 15 Intergovernmental Relations MPA826 15 Local Government Planning and Management MPA827 15 Citizenship, Democracy and Development MPA828 15 Bureaucracy and Democracy MPA829 15 TOTAL 240 D.253 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.254 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.255 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.256 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.256.1 To be awarded the MPA degree students must achieve a total of 240 credits, 120 in structured modules and 120 in the mini-thesis. 63

D.256.2 Students will be required to take: D.256.2.1 5 Compulsory structured modules of 15 credits each (including 2 research modules); D.256.2.2 A mini-thesis of 120 credits (25,000-35,000 words); D.256.2.3 3 structured elective modules of 15 credits each, selected from the elective programme offerings in the MPA. Subject to approval by the Director of the School of Government, one elective can be taken from another relevant field of study that is equal to 15 credits. D.256.2.4 Capita Selecta options, with a weighting of 15 credits points, may be offered to students in addition to those courses routinely offered in the MPA programme. The presentation of such courses will be dependent on the availability of visiting academic fellows and on expert professionals. MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Structured) 1878 D.257 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon D.257.1 D.257.2 The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology) D.257.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D.257.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D.257.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D.257.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters Programme. D.257.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.258 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.259 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and parttime. 64

D.260 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) area. D.260.1 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO803 60 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Electives (Choose any 4) Regional and Local Government Finance ECO833 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Natural Resource Economics ECO837 15 Financial Economics ECO838 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Capita Selecta ECO821 15 Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO822 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 TOTAL 180 D.260.2 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1 st enrolment) IPS803 Mini-Thesis (2 nd enrolment) IPS804 60 Labour Relations Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff availability BPS817 20 Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 180 D.260.3 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation (advanced) DVS831 24 Economics for Development Studies (advanced) DVS832 24 Research Methodology DVS841 24 Development Studies Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Development Studies Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS804 48 Electives (select 3 modules) Social Policy and Development (advanced) DVS807 24 Development Management (advanced) DVS808 24 Community Development in Theory and Practice (advanced) DVS846 24 Social Problems and Development DVS839 24 Poverty and Public Finance DVS843 24 TOTAL 192 D.260.4 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) 65

D.261 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.262 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.263 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.264 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Thesis) 1871 D.265 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.266 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.267 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and parttime. D.268 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialisation areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to select one area. D.268.1 D.268.2 Economics (Currently not offered by Thesis) Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) IPS801 Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) IPS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.268.3 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS802 180 TOTAL 180 D.268.4 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) 66

D.269 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.270 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.271 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.272 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PhD) - 1921 D.273 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: PhD According to rule 6.1.5 in the General Calendar, candidates who are in possession of a Masters Degree or a qualification that the faculty concerned may consider to be an equivalent to a Masters degree, could be admitted to a doctoral programme. D.274 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.275 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 5 years part-time. D.276 CURRICULUM D.276.1 Development Studies Development Studies 1st Enrolment Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 DVS901 360 DVS902 TOTAL 360 D.276.2 Economics 1st Enrolment Economics Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Economics Doctoral Thesis 902 ECO901 360 ECO902 TOTAL 360 67

D.276.3 Industrial Psychology 1st Enrolment Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902 IPS901 360 IPS902 TOTAL 360 D.276.4 Management 1st Enrolment Management Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Management Doctoral Thesis 902 MAN901 360 MAN902 TOTAL 360 D.276.5 Political Studies 1st Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 POL901 360 POL902 TOTAL 360 D.276.6 Public Administration 1st Enrolment Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 902 PUA901 360 PUA902 TOTAL 360 D.277 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.278 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.279 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.280 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. 68

RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES PLEASE NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMMES ARE ACCESS PROGRAMMES AND ARE NOT ACCREDITED MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME (MDP) 1601 / 1604 D.281 ADMISSION D.281.1 Persons meeting the following requirement qualify for admission as a candidate for the Management Development Programme (MDP) Certificate: (a) (b) A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least five years appropriate practical experience; or Completion of the University s Recognition of Prior Learning process. D.281.2 An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) completed the School of Business and Finance (SBF) and UWC on-line Application; furnished proof of previous work experience; provided the required referee reports from employers(managers/supervisors) and lecturers; submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all secondary and tertiary educational institutions attended; written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; provided proof of English proficiency in terms of D.138.3 below if secondary and tertiary education was not in English medium; attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.281.3 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed a three-year tertiary education in English, may only be admitted to the MDP if they achieve one of the following standards: (a) Paper Score of 500 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 5 (Modest) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) (c) Passed the Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE) (d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate in Business English 2. Proof of language proficiency must accompany the application. Students who have not completed one of these tests prior to application will not be considered for admission. If students do not meet one of the minimum English proficiency requirements it is their responsibility to attend courses in English to develop the required English proficiency. Only when the student has achieved the admission requirements will he/she be considered for admission to the MDP. Applications must reach the School no later than the closing date stipulated by the SBF. D.282 DURATION D.282.1 The Management Development Programme (MDP) (1601) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters. D.282.2 The Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) (1604) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters. D.283 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. 69

D.284 CURRICULUM D.284.1 MDP (1601) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Management Skills Development MDP565 15 Introduction to Information Systems MDP570 15 Principles of Management and Business MDP551 15 Business Finance MDP570 15 D.284.2 SMDP (1604) TOTAL 60 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Communication MDP567 15 Electives (Choose 3) SME Management MDP531 15 Business Law for SMEs MDP533 15 Quantitative Analysis MDP548 15 Economics for Managers MDP549 15 Principles of Management Accounting MDP553 15 Marketing Management MDP554 15 Financial Management MDP556 15 Operational Management MDP557 15 Employee Management MDP578 15 D.285 ASSESSMENT TOTAL 60 D.244.1 Unless the School of Business and Finance determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.244.1.1 To be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 30% for the applicable module. D.244.1.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) (ii) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.244.1.3 To pass a module a candidate for the MDP or the SMDP must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module. D.244.2 D.244.3 To be awarded the MDP or the SMDP a student must achieve an average of 50% for the four modules with at least 40% in both the coursework and the examination for each module. MDP students are required to pass all 4 compulsory modules with a minimum of 50% to progress to the SMDP D.245 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Part-time students will not be allowed to renew his/her registration if the MDP or SMDP) requirements are not met within four semesters. D.246 ADMISSION TO ADM, ADM (FINANCE) OR ADM (FINANCIAL PLANNING) D.246.1 A MDP student who passed all four MDP modules with a minimum of 60% each, at the first attempt in two semesters of part-time study, qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). Credits for two modules may be recognized towards the ADM requirements. All other MDP students must complete the SMDP before qualifying for admission to the ADM, 70

ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). On admission two modules (30 credits) may be transferred provided that: (i) The MDP is not awarded (ii) The module is part of the ADM curriculum (iii) The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at least 40% for both the continuous assessment and the examination marks. D.246.2 A student who has completed the SMDP requirements qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) if s/he has passed all four SMDP modules. On admission up to four MDP/ SMDP modules (60 credits) may be transferred provided that: (i) The MDP/SMDP is not awarded (ii) The module is part of the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) curriculum (iii) The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at 40% for both the continuous assessment and the examination marks. D.247 RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING Where a student has passed equivalent modules of least 15 NQF credits at NQF level 5 or higher as part of an incomplete SAQA-accredited qualification, the student may apply in writing on the faculty s Recognition of Credits form with appropriate supporting evidence for internal or external recognition of credits. No more than 60 external credits may be recognized. It is the student s responsibility to provide documentation that the qualification is SAQA accredited and that the module/course is at least 10 NQF credits. Modules of less than 10 credits will not be accredited. Applications must be submitted before the annual deadline (normally end April). D.248 RETENTION OF CREDITS A full-time student retains credits for modules passed for two semesters and part-time student students for three semesters. PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES (PEP I) - 1563 PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY (PEPP II) - 1564 D.249 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The PEPI and PEPPII study programmes is an alternative route into advanced education in Economics and gives full recognition to prior learning. People working in both the public and private sectors are encouraged to apply. PEP is a capacity development programme for non-economists. Admission to this programme is open to any student with one of: a) Grade 12 plus 5 years relevant work experience b) A Bachelor s degree or 3-year National Diploma D.250 SELECTION A procedure for selection of applications will take place. D.251 DURATION The curriculum requires two years of part-time study or one year of full-time study. D.252 CURRICULUM The curriculum consists of 8 modules of 15 credits each (Total 120 credits) divided into s for full-time and part-time students as follows: 71

D.252.1 Programme in Economic Principles (PEPI) (Part-time) Module Alpha Code Cred Microeconomic Principles 1 st ECO600 15 Macroeconomic Principles 1 st ECO601 15 International Economics and Policy 2 nd ECO609 15 Public Economic Principles 2 nd ECO605 15 TOTAL 60 D.252.2 Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) (Part-time) Module Alpha Code Cred Development Economics and Policy 1 st ECO604 15 Econometric Principles and Policy 1 st ECO603 15 Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO606 15 Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO607 15 TOTAL 60 D.252.3 Programme in Economic Principles ( PEP) (Full-time) Module Alpha Code Cred Microeconomic Principles 1 st ECO600 15 Macroeconomic Principles 1 st ECO601 15 Development Economics and Policy 1 st ECO604 15 Economic Principles and Policy ECO603 15 TOTAL 60 D.252.4 Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPP) (Full-time) Module Alpha Code Cred International Economics and Policy 2 nd ECO609 15 Public Economic Principles 2 nd ECO605 15 Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO606 15 Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO607 15 TOTAL 60 D.253 ASSESSMENT In all modules there will be course work and a written examination. Coursework and the written exam will count for 60% and 40% of the final mark respectively. The duration of the examinations will be at least two hours for each of the modules. In all cases the general university rules (A.5.3) will apply. D.254 PROGRESS D.254.1 D.254.2 PEPI comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 600, ECO 601 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 604 and ECO 609) or (ECO 603 and ECO 605). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEP being awarded. PEP, or an equivalent as approved by the HOD of the Department, is a pre-requisite for admission to PEPP. PEPPII comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 606, ECO 607 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 605 and ECO 609) or (ECO 603 and ECO 604). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEPP being awarded. A 60% average for PEPP is necessary to be considered for the Honours programme. 72

MODULE DESCRIPTORS Accounting ADVANCED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 751 Programme(s) in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACC.(HONS.) MAN.ACC AND FIN.MAN. Generic module name ADVANCED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 751 MAN751 Credit value 30 YEAR (Y) PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: Design and evaluate costing systems appropriate for various types of organizations and processes. Calculate record and report information necessary for effective cost management. Apply cost management techniques which achieve the strategic objectives of the business. Discuss the issues and principles of control Centres Build and manipulate simple financial models and test assumptions. Identify and interpret appropriate measures of performance, risk and uncertainty. Advise on the investment, financing and dividend decisions. Apply the principles of finance to the valuation of a business entity and to the valuation of financial assets using appropriate techniques. Advise on management of working capital. Advise on change in ownership transactions; and Evaluate and select appropriate financing instruments for effective risk minimisation. The module focuses on Nature of costs Costing and Cost Management, Material, Labour Overheads Decision-making Advanced Management Accounting Techniques Management Accounting Information Systems Planning and Control Standard Costing Performance measurement Function Financial Management Financial Reports Analysis Valuation Risk and Return Cost of Capital Capital investment appraisal Sources and forms of finance The dividend decision 73

Management of working capital Treasury function Admission to Honours in Accounting Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Contact with lecturer/tutor 100 hours Test and Examinations - 16 hours Assignment and tasks - 100 hours Self-study - 84 hours Total learning time - 300 hours (1 Lecture and 1 Tutorial) Method of student assessment Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final Examination - 50% ADVANCED AUDITING 741 Programme(s) in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) AUDITING Generic module name ADVANCED AUDITING 741 ACC 741 Credit Value 30 YEAR (Y) PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Principles of Corporate Governance Demonstrate an understanding of the corporate governance debate. Demonstrate an understanding of the need for, and development of corporate governance. Demonstrate an understanding of corporate governance developments globally. Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance Demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment governing corporate entities in South Africa. Make appropriate recommendations concerning compliance with specific aspects of Company Law and the Close Corporations Act. The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report Demonstrate an understanding of the recommendations of the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on corporate governance. Make appropriate recommendations regarding practical aspects of corporate governance with specific reference to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (2001). Business ethics Explain the concepts and principles relating to business ethics. Exercise ethical judgement with regard to practical situations. Risk management and internal control Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of uncertainty, risk and opportunity. 74

Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the risk management process. Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the role of internal audit and audit committees in the risk management process. In practical scenarios, identify business risks, consider the impact thereof, and recommend appropriate management responses. Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the principles of sound systems of internal control, in both manual and computerised environments. Demonstrate an awareness of various control frameworks and implement effective monitoring controls. Criticise existing systems of internal control constructively, and recommend improvements. Design effective systems of internal control. AUDITING AND ASSURANCE SERVICES The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors and their responsibilities, functions and qualities List and explain relevant information pertaining to the auditing profession; Analyse and assess the duties, responsibilities and rights of an auditor as well as the nature of the legal liability of the auditor for audit, related service and other assurance engagements; Explain the nature and rationale of self regulation and professional ethics applicable to the professional accountant and auditor; Explain the applicable regulatory and standard setting requirements; and Analyse practical situations and identify basic auditing concepts and principles to be applied. The audit process Explain concepts and principles relevant to the audit function; Differentiate between the major stages of the audit process and explain the rationale behind each; Assess audit risk at both a financial statement level and at the assertions level for individual balances and classes of transactions and determine an appropriate response by the auditor to risks identified; and Apply the concepts and principles to a given practical situation, taking cognizance of generally accepted auditing standards and assessing appropriate audit action. USER, MANAGER OR EVALUATOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Demonstrate an understanding of business and accounting systems, specifically: Managing IT systems Evaluating IT systems, specifically: Plan system evaluation Evaluate system Communicate results of evaluations and follow up The module focuses on Corporate governance Principles of Corporate Governance Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report Business ethics Risk management and internal control Auditing and assurance services The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors and their responsibilities, functions and qualities The audit process User, manager or evaluator of information technology Admission to Honours in Accounting 75

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 16 Selfstudy 84 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final Examination: 50% Name of Module ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721 Programme(s) in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Generic module name ADVANCE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721 ACC721 Credit Value 50 YEAR (Y) PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: Identify the overall objectives of financial reporting, the specific information needs of equity investors, and the general information needs of other users. To establish the relationships between generally accepted accounting practice, legal requirements, financial reporting and prepare and present financial statements in terms of the Framework (AC 000) Apply recognition, classification, measurement and disclosure criteria for the various elements of financial statements. Apply generally accepted accounting practice Prepare and report on financial statements, including group financial statements, in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) including International Accounting Standards (IASs) and the Companies Act. The module focuses on Framework Revenue Recognition Deferred Tax Financial Instruments Valuations Group Accounts Foreign Exchange Earnings Per Share, Headline EPS Provisions Employee Benefits Cash Flows Financial Analysis Share Based Payments Property, Plant and Equipment (Investment Property and Property Held for Sale) Inventory Leases 76

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of learning time Method of student assessment Reconstruction and Liquidations Presentation of Financial Statements Admission to Honours in Accounting Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 200 hours Tests and Examinations - 16 hours Self-study - 184 hours Assignments - 100 hours Total learning time 500 hours (7 Lectures) Final Examination - 50% final mark Continuous Evaluation (Tests, Assignments and tutorials) 50% ADVANCED TAXATION 706 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) TAXATION ACC706 Credit Value 30 YEAR (Y) PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: Interpret and apply laws and procedures relating to the taxes and duties levied in terms of : 1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962 2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955 3. Value Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991 The Module focuses on: 1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962 The Income Tax Act and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time; Important decisions of the courts; The Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and by SARS. The nature of income tax Interpretation of fiscal legislation Gross income Specific inclusions Income exempt from tax The general deduction formula Specific Deductions The taxation of dividends The taxation of persons other than companies The taxation of companies and close corporations Trading stock and deemed trading stock Foreign exchange profits and losses Interest incurred and accrued Lump-sum benefits from pension, provident and retirement annuity funds 77

Residents and Non-residents International double taxation The avoidance and evasion of tax Donations tax Administration Employees tax and provisional tax Fringe benefits and allowances Capital gains tax Tax planning 2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955 The Estate Duty Act 1955, and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time; Important decisions of the courts; and Introduction to estate duty What constitutes an estate The valuation of property for estate duty purposes Allowable deductions Calculation and apportionment of estate duty payable Estate planning 3. The Value-Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991 Important decisions of the courts; The Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS; and Definitions Financial services Determination of open market value Administration of the Act Imposition of value-added tax Deemed supplies Time and value of supply Zero rating Exempt supplies Imported goods and services Accounting basis Calculation of tax payable Permissible input tax deductions Adjustments Tax invoices, credit and debit notes Irrecoverable debts Registration Tax period Returns and payments of tax Other returns and assessments Objections and appeals Payment, recovery and refunds Representative Special provisions Compliance Prices and advertisements Special arrangements (rulings) Tax avoidance Fixed property, Transfer duty and stamp duty exemption Tax planning Admission to Honours in Accounting 78

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 16 Selfstudy 84 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final Examination: 50% Research Project 712 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) Research Project Generic module name Research Project 712 ACC 712 Credit Value 20 YEAR (Y) PROGRAMME Level 8 A student will have the communication and research skills necessary to operate effectively in a professional environment. Students are required to do research and write an essay on a topic from one of the core subjects of the B.Com. Accounting (Hons) degree being Financial Accounting, Auditing, Management Accounting & Financial Management and Taxation. Admission to B.Com. Accounting (Hons) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Research and report writing 200 hours Contact with lecturer/tutor 20 Research and report writing 280 Total Learning Time 300 Lecturers will act as supervisors and evaluate the research project: Research 25% Methods of Student Assessment Content 60% Presentation 15% 100% Economics Name of Module Microeconomics 600 Programme(s) in which new Faculty module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EM Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO600 Credit Value 10 Core / Elective Core 79

Proposed semester First Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 6 Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Understand the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application. Analyse and interpret graphs. Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Revision, basic first year level; Consumer behaviour Production theory Costing production Profit maximization Dropping assumption of perfect competition Sales maximization Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 12 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Module Tests; Tutorial Tests) Name of Module MACROECONOMICS Programme(s) in which new Faculty Core / Elective module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EMS Core Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) Economics Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO601 Credit Value 10 Proposed semester First semester Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 6 Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Understand macro-economic theory Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic issues. National Income Components of GDP 80

Goods and Financial Markets IS-LM model and AD-AS model Unemployment and Inflation Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 29 Other: Please specify 20 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests) Name of Module Introduction to Econometrics Programme(s) in which new Faculty Core / Elective module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EMS Core Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy(PEPPII) Economics Module Topic Introduction to Econometrics Generic Module Name Introduction to Econometrics Alpha-numeric Code ECO603 Numeric Code ECO603 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester 1 ST SEMESTER Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 7 At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate: An understanding on the basics of probability and statistics An understanding of the use of econometrics to analyze the relationship amongst different variables An ability to run the econometric models and interpret the results Nature and scope of Econometrics Basics of probability and statistics The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, Different functional forms of regression models Regressions on dummy explanatory variables Introduction to E-Views Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 81

Assignments & tasks: 26 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 83 Other: Please specify 8 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests) Programme(s) in which new Faculty Core / Elective module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EMS Core Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy(PEPPII) Economics Module Topic DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Generic Module Name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO604 Numeric Code ECO604 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester 1 ST SEMESTER Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course students will be in a position to: Understand the foundational concepts of development economics and their application. Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse the levels and patterns of development of developing countries. Analyse and interpret statistical data. Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Determination of poverty and inequality Growth and development experiences of developing countries Agrarian change and industrialization strategies Capital Flows, debt and finance Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 12 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Tests, Presentations) Programme(s) in which new module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic Principles. Programme in Economic Faculty EMS Core / Elective Core 82

Principles and Policy (PEPPII) Economics Module Topic PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic Module Name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO605 Credit Value 10 Proposed semester 2 ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 6 Upon the successful completion of this module, students will be able to: Understand the composition of the public sector in South Africa. Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government in an economy Identify the challenges facing the South Africa government Understand the basic principles of expenditure- and tax theory and be able to apply these. Understand the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary process) in South Africa. Composition of public sector in South Africa; Views on role of government; Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods; externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic instability; etc.); Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in South Africa); Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency; Taxation in South Africa; Fiscal policy and the national budget. Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 16 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 43 Other: Please specify 8 Total Learning Time 100 Name of Module MICROECONOMICS Programme(s) in which new Faculty module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EMS Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO606 Credit Value 15 Core / Elective Core 83

Proposed semester 2 ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to: Discuss general equilibrium and welfare analysis Analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures Analyse the firm s behaviour using game theory Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency Analyse factor markets under different market structures General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis Market Structure and Competitive Strategy Factor Markets Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 88 Other: Please specify 6 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials) Name of Module MACROECONOMICS Programme(s) in which new Faculty Core / Elective module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EMS Core Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) Economics Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO607 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester 2 ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Explain monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools. Understand the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment. Discuss the Macroeconomic Policy of South Africa. Fiscal and monetary policy The Phillips curve; the IS-LM model; the AD-AS model; the Mundell-Fleming model. Government intervention in the macro-economy 84

Macroeconomic policy in South Africa Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 57 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials) Name of Module International Trade Economics Programme(s) in which new Faculty Core / Elective module will be offered PEPI, Programme in Economic EMS Core Principles. Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) Economics Module Topic International Trade Economics Generic Module Name International Trade Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO609 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester 2 ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course students will be in a position to: Understand the foundational concepts of international economics. Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade. Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Theories of why nations trade Developments in trade theory Instruments and impact of trade policy Economic integration & cooperation International trade and the Developing countries Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 84 Other: Please specify 10 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests) 85

International Financial Economics Programme (s) in which existing Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective Economics Module description International Financial Economics Generic module name International Financial Economics ECO713 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Programme Level 8 At the end of this module a student will be able to: Critically discuss international financial markets, Demonstrate an understanding of the instruments and strategies that governments and economic agents can employ to cope with the uncertainties and risk associated with these markets, apply strategies achieved through the extensive application of case studies. The module focuses on: The Exchange Rate & International Parity Relations International Monetary System Eurocurrency Market Foreign Exchange Market International Risk International Portfolio Investment Managing Foreign Exchange Risk Valuing Currency Options Analysis of Currency Options Sophisticated Hedging Techniques Managing Interest Rate Risk The International Bond Market The Swap Market ECO331 & ECO332 and ECO 311 or 338 Applied & Policy Economics (ECO 711) or alternative Honourslevel course approved by the Department Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 60 Tests & examinations: 06 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 83 Total Learning Time 200 (3 Lectures ) Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% Programme(s) in which new module will be offered Honours in Economics Module description CAPITA SELECTA Faculty ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT SCIENCES ECONOMICS CAPITA SELECTA Core / Elective Elective 86

Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA ECO721 Credit Value 60 ONE YEAR Programme Level 8 At the end of this module a student will be able to: develop and research a topic of interest; search for relevant literature; draft a short research proposal; write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics present the topic formally in a seminar session of the department; engage in debates on selected topics The module focuses on: Introduction to research methodology and design; Selection of essay topic; Literature Search; Research proposal; Structuring of Research Essay; Guidance with academic writing and referencing Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 45 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Final essay Applied Econometrics Programme (s) in which new module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Honours in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective / Core if student wish to proceed to Masters Level Economics Module description Applied Econometrics Generic module name Applied Econometrics ECO730 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Programme Level 8 At the end of this module a student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of advanced econometrics concepts Critically discuss variables selection, model formulation and regression analysis. Write, read and interpret multiple regression results. The module focuses on: 87

A revies of basic statistical concepts The nature of regression analysis Two variable regression analysis: Some basic ideas ECO331 and ECO311 or 3 rd Year Statistics, ECO338 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 0 Tests & examinations: 9 3 Lectures Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% MICROECONOMICS Programme (s) in which new module Faculty Core/Elective will be offered HONOURS ECONOMICS & MANGEMENT CORE In Economics SCIENCES ECONOMICS Module description MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS ECO731 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Programme Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to critically: interpret the fundamental principles of microeconomics covered in the undergraduate courses on a more advanced level; discuss and debate the relevance of newer developments in the theory of consumer choice; analyse more modern approaches to industrial organisation; apply theoretical principles to South African microeconomic issues; analyse and interpret market structures and concentration in South Africa; interpret and debate competition policy in South Africa. The module focuses on: Theory of production; Theories of Consumer Choice (traditional and modern); Competitive Output and Input Markets; General Equilibrium Analysis; Non-Competitive Markets; Efficiency of Markets & Economic Welfare; Modern Industrial Organisation; Market Concentration & Competition Policy in South Africa ECO 331 Prohibited Combinations 88

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 43 Tests & examinations: 06 2 Lectures and 2 Tutorials Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% Name of existing module Macroeconomics Programme (s) in which existing Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Core In Economics Economics Module description Macroeconomics Generic module name Macroeconomics ECO732 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Programme Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory; Apply the theory as an analytical tool to interrogate and critique macroeconomic policies in emerging markets in general and South Africa in particular. This module focuses on: Money, interest rates, the global economy; booms and recessions Aggregate supply and inflation; dynamic aggregate supply and demand Equilibrium in financial markets Short-run equilibrium Medium-term equilibrium Inter-temporal budget constraints in the public sector Macroeconomic consequences of high inflation Finance and growth; financial repression Financial reform; sequencing reforms Coping with capital flows Crises in emerging economies Macroeconomic management in emerging economies Macroeconomic growth theory and policies ECO332 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 51 Tests & examinations: 06 (2 Lectures) Practicals: 12 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% 89

Name of Module LABOUR ECONOMICS Programme(s) in which new module Faculty Core / Elective will be offered Honours in Economics ECONOMICS & Elective MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Economics Module Topic Labour Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO733 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester First Programmes in which the module will be offered B. Com. Honours B. Econ. Honours Level 8 At the end of this module a student will be able to demonstrate that he/she can: Apply the basic theory of Labour Economics to understand the crucial problems facing South Africa today Interpret recent trends in labour supply and demand The module focuses on: The theory of Labour Economics Recent trends in labour supply and demand Informal sector activities Education and human capital Productivity Trade unions and collective bargaining Labour market discrimination Unemployment Labour market policy Pre-requisite modules ECO 331 and ECO 332, ECO 233 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module combination ECO821 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 43 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examination: 06 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy: 70 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Continuous 50% and Final 50% Name of existing module PUBLIC ECONOMICS Programme(s) in which new module Faculty Core/Elective will be offered HONOURS in Economics ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT ELECTIVE SCIENCES ECONOMICS Module description PUBLIC ECONOMICS ECO734 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Programme Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: 90

debate the various perspectives on government intervention in an economy; analyse theories of public expenditure, taxation and debt finance in an advanced manner; demonstrate an understanding and interpret issues of social security in South Africa; demonstrate an understanding of the economic rationale for and relationship between sub-national governments analyse and interpret the impact of public sector activities on the economy, in a macro as well as microeconomic context; debate the features of fiscal policy in South Africa, with reference to the theory and international experience This module focuses on: Role of Government in the South African economy; Market Failure; Public goods & Externalities; Public Choice Issues; Theory of Taxation; Tax Issues in South Africa as Developing country; Income Distribution and Social Security Issues; Growth of Government and Privatisation; Public Debt, Budget Balances & Debt Finance; Fiscal Policy & the National Budget; Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations in South Africa ECO 334 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 33 Tests & examinations: 06 3 Lectures and 2 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 130 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% Name of new module International Economics Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Economics EMS Elective Economics Module description International Economics ECO735 Credit Value 20 Programme Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading system; Evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa; Assess the impact of trade on environment; Analyse the role of WTO in international trade. This module focuses on: 91

Modern trade Theories Growth and Development with international trade. Changes in trade pattern with economic integration Globalisation and international trade International resource movements and multinational corporation Trade and poverty Trade and environment Trade and WTO ECO 335 N/A Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 39 2 Lectures Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation 50% + Examination 50% Development Economics Programme (s) in which existing Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective Economics Module description Development Economics ECO736 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Programme Level 8 At the end of this module a student will be able to: Debate the dynamics of challenges confronting developing economies Critically evaluate alternative models of development Apply advanced quantitative techniques to analyze and craft development policies Comprehend scholarly debates and cutting-edge research in development economics The module focuses on: Perspective on Economic Development The roles of institutions (states, markets, social capital, etc) in economic development Dual economy models and agrarian change Industrial and Technological Development The effect of globalization on developing economies ECO 331, ECO 332 ECO 731, ECO 732 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 10 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 39 92

Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Advanced International Trade Programme (s) in which new Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective Economics Module description Advanced Macroeconomics ECO823 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Programme Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: Critically demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading system; Critically evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa; Critically assess the impact of trade on environment; Critically analyse the role of WTO in international trade. This module focuses on: Modern trade Theories Growth and Development with international trade. Changes in trade pattern with economic integration Globalisation and international trade International resource movements and multinational corporation Trade and poverty Trade and environment Trade and WTO ECO 335 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 28 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment CAM50% Final Exam 50% Applied Research Workshop Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Core Economics Module description Applied Research Workshop Generic module name Applied Research Workshop ECO824 Credit Value 15 Year Long 93

Programme Level 9 At the end of this module a student will be able to critically: write an effective and persuasive research proposal observe the ethical conduct of research apply qualitative and quantitative research techniques in economics research communicate in writing and orally research outputs design and execute research projects individually and in a team The module focuses on: Thinking-writing exercises Research Ethics plagiarism, team research Research problems, questions, purpose and hypothesis statements Conceptual framework based on literature review Quantitative and qualitative research methodology Research proposals and final papers Economics Honours Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 70 Tests & examinations: 0 2 Lectures Selfstudy 49 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50%\ Econometrics Programme (s) in which new Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Masters in Economics EMS Core Economics Module description Econometrics Generic module name Econometrics ECO830 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to critically: Apply quantitative techniques to Economic model building Master computation skills through practical examples. Analyze claims in Economic theory Using elementary Algebra in Economics Systems of equations and matrix algebra Calculus of single variable and multivariate optimization Integral calculus Constrained optimization techniques Economic applications and model building ECO 730 or Equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 94

Assignments & tasks: 43 Tests & examinations: 6 2 Lectures Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% Advanced Macroeconomics Programme (s) in which new module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Core Economics Module description Advanced Macroeconomics Generic module name Advanced Macroeconomics ECO 832 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Porgramme Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: Apply advanced macro techniques for quantitative analysis Analyse macro policy in South Africa Apply current literature review on selected topics Write a coherent summary report on selected topics Write own research papers This module focuses on: Growth and Measurement Growth theory revisited SA Labour Market Consumption and Savings Classical & Neoclassicla growth models Growth & Social capital Business cycle Fiscal and monetary policies Exchange rate regimes Inflation & Investment Globalisation of trade and financial markets Trade issues & technical changes ECO 732 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 28 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals: 3 Lectures Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment CAM 50% Examination 50% 95

Information Systems Building and Buying Systems Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description Information Systems Generic module name Building and Buying Systems IFS713 Credit Value 15 Term Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to - Describe the major options and issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems technology and identify where each option may be appropriate. - Identify a real-world system acquisition problem, identify the major options available, and write a formal report recommending a proposed solution to the problem. - An investigation of system development and package implementation options. - Issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems - Real-world system acquisition problems Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 Essay research and preparation 28 Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%). Innternship Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (BCom Hons IFS Full-time Module description IFS714 Generic module name Internship IFS714 Credit Value 45 Programme Level 8 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Apply knowledge learnt at university Evaluate knowledge applicable in the real world Write professional reports Critically evaluate the way things are done in business compared to theory 96

Self manage one s work Effectively communicate work progress This is a practical model. Students are allocated to various organisations to acquire first hand experience in the field of information systems and business. Content learnt in business will depend on the type of organisation the student will be allocated in. The broad scope of envisaged exposure should include: Analysis Design Development Programming Facilitation Testing Documentation Training Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time), Students should have finished course work for first semester B.Com Honours (IS). Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer : 20 Preparation for report: 30 Exposure at a work environment 400 and self preparation Total Learning Time 450 Methods of Student Assessment Students will be expected to write a full report on work done and progress at the organisation (40%) The mentor/supervisor will evaluate the student based on progress in terms of the student s performance at work (60%). The networked world Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS719 Generic module name The networked world IFS719 Credit Value 15 Term Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to - Describe the major issues and trends in inter-organisational and ecommerce systems - Describe the roles of systems and enterprise architects - Describe the strategic opportunities that Information Systems provide and the implications of implementing strategic systems - Investigation of the issues related to inter-organisational and strategic systems and the role of the architect in planning such systems. - Inter-organisational and e-commerce systems - The role of systems and enterprise architects - Strategic opportunities that Information Systems provide 97

Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 Essay research and preparation 28 3 Lectures Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Examination (40%), Group participation (20%), Essay (40%). Knowledge Management Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS715 Generic module name Knowledge Management IFS715 Credit Value 15 Term Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to - Describe Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related concepts in detail, and give a reasoned view of the role of IT in managing organisational knowledge - Differentiate between explicit and tacit knowledge and discuss the different techniques required to manage each. - Discuss specific IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management - Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related concepts - Explicit and tacit knowledge and different techniques required to manage each. - IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 30 Individual study 50 3 Lectures Essay research and preparation 38 Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Examination (40%), Group participation (20%), Essay (40%). Programme (s) in which module will be offered Module description Generic module name Research Methods EMS Core Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) IFS716 Research Methods IFS716 98

Credit Value 10 Term Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to - Demonstrate a clear understanding of the issues involved in formal research projects - Competently apply standard research methods to problems in the Information Technology arena - Write a well-reasoned and properly documented research proposal and report - Research principles - Formal research methods - Application of research methods in the IT field - Proposal writing and referencing Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Part time) This module cannot be completed until the previous four modules have been completed IFS718, IFS719, IFS714, IFS715 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Formal seminars 20 Individual study 30 3 Lectures Mini-thesis proposal research and 50 preparation Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Formal research proposal (100%) Managing Information Technology Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS718 Generic module name Managing Information Technology IFS718 Credit Value 15 Term Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to - Identify the important IT/IS technological trends and current status, and discuss their implications for the commercial world - Demonstrate a clear understanding of the management issues involved in technology decision-making and control - Research specific aspects of the technological environment; present reasoned findings to seminar participants; and write a formal academic paper on a chosen technology subject. - An investigation of current information technologies and management issues related to them - Trends in IT/IS - Management issues involved in technology decision-making and control - Research specific aspects of the technological environment Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Prohibited Combinations 99

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 3 lectures Essay research and preparation 28 Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%). INFORMATION SYSTEMS PRACTICE Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full- time) Module description IFS 721 Generic module name Information Systems Practice IFS 721 Credit Value 15 Term Programme Level 8 At the end of the course, students should be able to: Explain how theories, research and ideas from academia are applied in the real world of information systems. Demonstrate insights learned from practicing IS professionals. Contribute to the design, development and implementation of information systems in management decision-making and to analyse the impact of information systems on the enterprise. Select and use appropriate frameworks for analysing information system issues and developing decisions to address them. Analyse a case study in terms of a) the role of IS in business strategy and organisational design, and b) solving the IS/IT problems of the particular company. Theme 1: Introduction Overview The changing face of business The IS revolution and its impact on transforming business, organisations and management The role of IT in the networked era IT/IS STRATEGIC ISSUES Theme 2: Business platforms for the 21 st century Continuous customer connection o The internet o E-commerce o M-commerce Asset reconfiguration Knowledge leverage Theme 3: IT planning and implementation Management of organisational change Planning fundamentals Formulating IS strategy Implementation challenges The management of organisational change Information systems, organisations, and business processes Reengineering changing business and business processes The management of organisational change 100

Theme 4: IT Governance Setting direction for information resources Board briefing on IT Governance Finding a way to measure technology s benefits Theme 5: IT Security Management Information security governance Trends in security technology Information security management: Understanding ISO 17799 Theme 6: Total Cost of Ownership TCO analyst next generation total cost of ownership methodology Determining total cost of ownership Theme 7: Asset Management Improving productivity & lowering costs through asset management Asset tracking a logical first step toward distributed enterprise asset management Theme 8: Outsourcing Managing IT outsourcing Evaluating the benefits of IT outsourcing Theme 9: IT Service Management ITIL and IT service management IT/IS OPERATIONAL ISSUES Theme 10: The Application Service Provider Model E-sourcing the corporation harnessing the power of web-based application services providers ASP fusion for the enterprise Theme 11: Services Procurement Application hosting: A customer primer Alternative approach: Purchasing systems Theme 12: Preparing for the future Future trends in information technology Emerging technologies Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 10 6 Lectures Selfstudy 29 Case preparation/analysis 24 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Group presentations and case studies 15% Group assignment 35% Final exam 50% Total 100% Information Systems Research Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS 722 Generic module name Information Systems Research IFS 722 Credit Value 15 Term Programme 101

Level 8 At the end of the course, students should be able to: Differentiate between and explain qualitative and quantitative research Describe a variety of research methods Create a research proposal Do elementary research The main content of this module focuses on: The nature and history of academic research Research in business Quantitative and qualitative research methods including case studies, surveys, actions research, etc. Research proposal and report writing Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 6 Lectures Selfstudy 29 Case preparation/analysis 24 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Presentations 15% Assignments 35% Final exam 50% Total 100% Research Project Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS 724 Generic module name Information Systems Research IFS 724 Credit Value 45 Programme Level 8 At the end of the course, students should be able to: Write a research proposal Conduct a small research project Write a report on a research project This is a research project module and there does not offer content as such. Relevant material on how to do research will however be provided. Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Research activities 380 Total Learning Time 450 Methods of Student Assessment Research report 100% Total 100% 102

End User Practical Programme (s) in which module will be offered Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS731 Generic module name End User Practical IFS731 Credit Value 15 Term Programme Level 8.1 After completing the course, students will be able to: Prepare for effective written and oral presentations Conduct professional presentations Write professional reports Critically evaluate effective presentations Work in teams Manage teams Conduct research This course is a training course for graduate information systems students. It encompasses training tyro in both verbal and written presentation skills. The course take one of the two forms of learning: Form1: User training skills. o Students are trained to become trainers and there after are placed in classes where they will teach computer literacy courses to other students. Or Form 2: Professional presentation skills. o Students are first trained in presentation skills through a workshop and series of classes wherein they will research and present on different topics. Eventually students will present to established business executives to test presentation skills learnt in the course. After completion of this course the student will gain skills that include report writing, presentation, general communications skills and ability to work in groups. The course gives tyro confidence to present on any topic. Course content is as follows: Presentation skills Report writing skills Effective written and oral communication Research in various topics Teaching/Presenting Working in groups Admission to B Com Honours (IFS) Full time Prohibited Combinations IS731 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Preparation for assignments: 20 6 Lectures Presentations (Tests & 20 examinations): Practicals: 50 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Students are assessed on report writing and on presentation skills by the 103

lecturer and business executives (or students they train). There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course. Assessment Weight: Form1: Class Participation (15%); Student Assessment Marks (5%); Your Class Average (5%); Lecturer Assessment (20%); Presentations and reports (30%); and Personal Report (25%). Form 2: Class presentation (35%); Class participation (15%); Lecturer assessment (10%); Professional audience report (20%) and Personal report (20%) Capita Selecta Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS734 Generic module name Capita Selecta IFS 734 Credit Value 45 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate understanding of the selected topics and be able to: Analyse and explain current issues in the field; Engage in debates on selected topics; Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 55 Assignments & tasks: 180 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 150 Selfstudy 190 7 Lectures Presentations 15 Total Learning Time 450 600?? Methods of Student Assessment Tests 20% Assignments 30% Presentations 10% Final Examination 40% Total 100% Delivering IS Benefits Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full- time) Module description IFS711 Generic module name Delivering IS Benefits IFS711 Credit Value 15 Term 104

Programme Level 8 At the end of this module the student will be able to: - understand and be able to explain how projects are the means to deliver a business strategy - be aware of the organisational competencies that realise the benefits of an IS/IT investment - have knowledge and experience of how these principles are applied in practice The main content of this module focuses on: Organisational competencies that are required to deliver IS benefits. These competencies are presented in a framework that describes the information management body of knowledge. This framework contains 5 core concepts which together form the outline of the content for this module: - Information technology knowledge area - Information systems knowledge area - Business process knowledge area - Business benefits knowledge area - Business strategy knowledge area Organisations that have competency in these five knowledge areas are more likely to be able to deliver IS benefits because the framework addresses the well know gap between business strategy on the one hand and technology on the other. Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Preparation for assignments: 30 Presentations (Tests & 20 examinations): Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment through weekly minor assignments (40%) as well a major assignment (60%). There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course. Practical Research Project Programme (s) in which module EMS Core will be offered Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS717 Generic module name Practical Research Project IFS717 Credit Value 50 Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to - Conduct a significant piece of research in the Information Technology area and write it up as a formal research report - This is a practical research project in an IT-related subject of the student s choice. 105

Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time), Module 140716 (Research Methods) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Supervisor meetings 50 Group presentations 20 3 Lectures Individual research and report 430 preparation Total Learning Time 500 Methods of Student Assessment Final research report (100%) Masters in Information Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Post-graduate (Masters ) EMS Core Information Systems Module description Research-only, Masters degree in Information Management Generic module name MIM IFS801and IFS802 Credit Value 2 years plus an additional 6 month prior period for the preparation of a suitable proposal. University Level 8 Students should be able to demonstrate: (a) an ability to identify a topic suitable for a detailed Masters study; ie. one that has a solid academic basis, has practical merit or value in the industry, and one in which the student has related knowledge; (b) the application of research methodology principles in developing a proposal meeting the specific requirements of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee; (c) that, once the proposal has been approved, using accepted research design principles, the student can create a framework for the study; (d) the ability to conduct an effective literature study, identifying related academic and practical works; (e) that they can identify the key propositions from the literature study, extract the important or significant issues and build a suitable foundation for the next step in the research process; (f) If an empirical study, demonstrate an ability to develop a suitable measuring instrument for a specific population or sample, administer the instrument, analyse the data, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations. (g) If a conceptual or interpretive study, demonstrate the ability to develop the necessary framework, identify key academic propositions, intelligently argue or analyse a case, present the findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations; (h) An ability to present, using scientific, nuanced writing skills, a thesis acceptable for examination; (i) A high degree of self-motivation, and the ability to work with the minimum of supervision while maintaining a passion for their subject. (a) A detailed proposal (b) A thesis meeting the requirements of the University (a) Suitable, permissible, academic credentials at undergraduate or Honours level, in Information Systems / Technology / Management, 106

Computer Science, Business, Management or Commerce; or (b) In a few special cases, recognition of prior learning (accompanied by extensive knowledge and working experience in the field of study, including a demonstrable willingness to attend selected modules such as research methodology); plus (c) A high degree of self-motivation; and (d) Sufficient time (from family, job and social interaction). Practical business or working experience is always helpful. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours The successful MIM student will apply 5-8 hours per week to their study. Contact with lecturer / tutor: (a) Relatively intensively during the proposal-formulation phase. This includes two interactive seminars aimed at introducing the student to his/her peers, meeting the academics in the Department, and revisiting some theory such as research methodology and scientific writing. (b) Once engaged in the study, contact is usually limited to ad-hoc or pre-arranged meetings with the student s supervisor. Assignments & tasks: Meeting agreed deadlines, both for the proposal and thesis phases. Tests & examinations: Thesis examination only Practicals:, other than the seminars. Selfstudy The entire course is one of self-study. Total Learning Time 2 ½ years of part-time study. Methods of Student Assessment (a) Successful proposal submission (b) Successful thesis examination Industrial Psychology Modules: Honours Programme Name of Module BPS701 Organisational Psychology Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description Organizational Psychology Generic Module Name BPS Organizational Psychology BPS701 Credit value 20 University Level 8 After completion of this module students should be able to: Engage in a critical discussion and evaluation of contemporary organisational theory; Explain and evaluate anorganisation as an open system; Critically discuss the different theories of motivation; Apply different theories of motivation to case studies; Engage in a critical discussion of the different theories of leadership; Apply critical thinking skills in resolving leadership challenges; Critically discuss the relevance of of various leadership 107

theories; Explain group and team dynamics Critically discuss and evaluate team effectiveness; Discuss advanced organisational theory and the major challenges facing modern organisations in this regard Advanced contemporary organisational theory Organisations as an Open systems model; Theories of motivation; Theories of leadership Group and Team Effectiveness Aspects of the external environment of organisations Organizational Behaviour challenges facing modern organisations A major in Industrial Psychology Prohibited combination Breakdown of Learning Time (Hours) Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation - 35 Assignments 40 Test(s) and Examination 5 Self-study 60 Total learning Time: 200 Hours Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation 60% Formal Examination 40% Name of Module BPS702 Research Methodology Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name BPS Research Methodology BPS702 Credit value 20 Year (First and Second ) University Level 8 Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able to: Provide a critical discussion of scientific research; Explain the logic of scientific research; Apply the methodology of scientific research within the work environment; Formulate research problems; Anticipate, interpret and rectify practical problems encountered during research; Plan projects to solve such problems; Evaluate the empirical studies of other researchers; Formulate and compile a research proposal; Collate relevant information by means of appropriate measuring instruments and/or techniques; Analyse data using SPSS;Interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions; Write a research report; Present data to others. Different methods of acquiring knowledge (non-scientific 108

Main content and scientific); Sources and identification of research problems; Literature review; Variables and hypothesis formulation; Conceptual and operational definitions; Research Design; Validity of research design; Sampling techniques; Data Collection; Scales of measurement; Techniques of data collection; Construction of questionnaires; Reliability and validity of measurements; Data capturing; Interpretation of results and writing reports; Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Contact with lecturer 60. Assignments 120 Practical Research Project - 100 Test(s) and Examination Self-study 20 Total learning Time: 300 Hours Methods of student assessment Final Assessement 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% Total 100% Name of Module BPS704 Psychometrics Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description Psychometrics Generic Module Name BPS Psychometrics BPS704 Credit value 20 University Level 8 Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able to: Critically discuss the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of psychometric tests; Explain why use of assessment measures should be controlled, how control over the use of psychological assessment measures is exercised in SA, statutory control, different categories of psychological professionals who may use psychological measures, the role of the Professional Board for Psychology and the protection of the public Describe and explain the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to psychological tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological tests Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved Explain the basis and application of competency-based 109

assessment Apply their knowledge of psychometrics Main content An overview of assessment Psychological assessment: retrospective overview Levels of measurement Reliability of measures Validity Norms Developing a psychological measure Cross-cultural test adaptation and translation The practice of psychological assessment: Controlling the use of measures, competing values and ethical practice standards Administering psychological measures Assessment of young children, physically disabled individuals, mentally challenged learners and individuals with chronic conditions Computer-based and Internet-delivered assessment Use of assessment measures in various applied contexts: Interpreting and reporting assessment results Factors affecting assessment results The future of psychological assessment Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology Prohibited combinations Contact with lecturer 60 hours Breakdown of learning time Assignment and seminar 40 hours Tests and examinations 20 hours Self-study 80 hours Total learning hours 200 hours Methods of student assessment Final Assessement 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% Total 100% Name of Module BPS705 Advanced Human Resource Management Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description Advanced Human Resource Management Generic Module Name Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 Credit value 20 University Level 8 Main outcome On completion of this module, students should be able to demonstrate: Provide a critical discussion of the activities involved in HRM as the intervening process in matching organizations and employees; Engage in a meaningful debate about the changing role of the human resource management function in organisations. Integrate the theoretical concepts and issues of human resource management with the practical realities found in organizations; 110

Apply effective selection procedures, operations and techniques of HR that is required to solve a particular problem in the filed. The changing context of SA organizations; HR Planning; Workforce diversity and regulatory challenges; Job Analysis and work design; Recruitment and Selection; Performance management; Career and development management in organizations; Job evaluation and compensation/aids in the workplace; HR Information systems A B-degree in Industrial Psychology or Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer 60 hours Assignment and seminar 40 hours Tests and examinations 20 hours Self-study 80 hours Total learning hours 200 hours Methods of Student Assessment Class participation : 5% Oral presentations; : 20% Written Assignments : 30% Case Studies : 5% Examination 40% Total: : 100% Name of Module BPS706 Practical Training Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective Industrial Psychology Module Description Practical Training Generic Module Name Practical Training BPS706 Credit value 15 Year (First and second semester) University Level 8 On completion of this module, students should be able to: Use psychometric tests in a professional and ethical manner. Identify and discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring instruments; Comply with appropriate test administration procedures (i.e. familiar with the test administrator s roles/duties before, during and after a psychometric assessment in accordance with psychometric standards and ethical principles Critically discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring instruments; Accurately administer, score and interpret psychometric test results; Compile information from a variety of instruments and 111

sources to formulate an integrated psychometric report s Administrater a range of psychometric tests; (i.e. cognitive, interest and personality tests); Accurate scoring of psychometric tests and measuring instruments; analysis and interpretation of test results; Communication of psychometric test results (i.e. and observations; Integrated psychometric reports. A B-degree in r in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer 60 hours Assignment and seminar 120 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning hours 200 hours Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation by means of written Psychometric reports Name of Module BPS707 Labour Relations Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective Industrial Psychology Module Description Labour Relations Generic Module Name Labour Relations BPS707 Credit value 15 University Level 8 On completion of this module, students should be able to: Critically discuss the dynamic nature of the labour relationship in local and international labour relations Discuss the different frames of reference in labour relations and its impact on the quality of the Employer-Employee relationship; Engage in critical debate regarding the role and duties of all parties involved in the labour relationship; Identify and provide a discussion about internal and external factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological etc.) impacting on the relationship between Employers and Employees. Critically discuss the legislative framework regulating the employment relationship (inter alia the S.A. Constitution, BCEA, LRA, SDA, SDLA). Evaluate and explain the role of trade unions and employer organisations, and the various alternative dispute resolution procedures (negotiation, mediation, arbitration, CCMA) Labour relationship and labour relations system of various countries. The role of various stakeholders within the labour relations system Factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological etc.) governing and regulating interaction between the various 112

stakeholders. The South African labour relations system in societal and historical context The legislative framework governing the employment relationship The role of trade unions and employer organisations The central roles of conflict and collective bargaining in the tripartite relationship The distinction between alternative dispute resolution procedures The role of industrial democracy and workers participation, organizational change and renewal processes and anticipated future developments in labour relations in South Africa. A B-degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation - 30 Assignments 30 Test(s) and Examination 5 Selfstudy 25 Total learning Time: 150 Hours Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%) Name of Module BPS708 Training Management Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Honours in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective Industrial Psychology Module Description Training Management Generic Module Name Training Management BPS708 Credit value 15 University Level 8 On completion of this module, students should be able to: Integrate and discuss theory and practice in managing Human Resource Development; Analyse and synthesise the local requirements of the NQF with international trends; Apply and evaluate the transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation in South Africa; Critically analyse an organizations developmental needs, on an individual level or general, and implement certain training interventions accordingly; Evaluate and apply the practical steps for planning, designing and implementing a sustainable skills development strategy; Critically evaluate the learning organisation as a performance management tool; Critically analyse the roles in the management of the Human Resource Development function; 113

Critically analyse and apply various HRD approaches; Critically analyse and apply approaches in the evaluation of HRD interventions. Essential aspects of the theory and practice of managing human resource development from an outcomes-based approach. International and local trends in HRD; Purpose and principles underpinning the Skills development legislation in South Africa; Training needs analyses; The design and implementation of various HRD interventions; Learning organization and performance management; Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting, etc.) Technology-based learning, Adult Basic Education and Training, Multi-skilling, Employment Equity and diversity training. Training evaluation. A B-degree in Industrial Psychology that contains modules in Human Resources Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation - 30 Assignments 30 Test(s) and Examination 5 Selfstudy 25 Total learning Time: 150 Hours Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%) Name of Module BPS811 Organisational Development: Diversity and Change Management Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description OD: Diversity and Change Management Genric Module Name OD: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 Credit value 20 Programme Level 9 On completion of this module, students should be able to: Diagnose complex organisational problems; Apply and implement the action research paradigm in organisation development; apply the systems perspective to planned organisational change; Critically compare and implement individual level interventions to enhance individual performance; Critically evaluate and implement the most effective group level interventions to enhance group performance based on 114

a formal diagnosis; Critically compare appropriate organisationsystem wide interventions and implement these in a planned change process to enhance diversity; Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation development interventions and take appropriate steps to make corrections. s Advanced models of organisation diagnosis; Models of planned organisation change; Dealing with resistance to change; Advanced techniques to improve employee empowerment, developing sensitivity towards diversity, and coaching; Advanced process consultation; Complex team and inter-group enhancement approaches; Advances models of high-performing organisation, mergers, acquisitions and strategy Ethical issues in planned organisational change and diversity. An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 200 3 lectures Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%) Name of Module BPS812 Research Methodology Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name Research Methodology BPS812 Credit value 20 Programme Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Critically discuss different research paradigms and their practical applications Identify research problems Plan projects to solve such problems as individuals and in a team context Evaluate the studies of other researchers Write a research proposal Gather relevant information Analyse data 115

Interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions Write a research report Present data to management Discuss research issues. Advanced theory of research and research methodology Different research paradigms Identification of research problems Project planning Ethical issues when doing research Evaluation of the studies of other researchers Planning and conducting research Gathering of relevant information Interpreting the information and reaching appropriate conclusions Reporting and presentation of findings An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 200 3 Lectures Methods of Student Assessment Class participation 5% Case studies 5% SPSS practical applications 10% Research proposal 40% Class presentation of research results 10% Written research report 30% Name of Module BPS803 Counselling Programme in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Core Industrial Psychology Module Description Counselling Generic Module Name Counselling BPS803 Credit value 20 Programme Level 9 Main outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to: Critically discuss current theory pertaining to counselling in general and in the workplace; Engage in critical debate regarding ethical practice and procedures during a counseling relationship; Apply appropriate counselling strategies based on a needs assessment; Structure and apply counselling skills during practical 116

and context-specific counselling sessions. Main content Intensive assessment and interviewing Career planning and assist others in planning their careers Recognise others in crises and assist in crisis management Be familiar with HIV/AIDS-, substance abuse counselling Conduct Stress management An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Class participation 10% Oral presentations 35% Written research report 35% Role plays 20% Name of Module BPS807 Labour Relations Programme in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective Industrial Psychology Module Description Labour Relations Generic Module Name Labour Relations BPS817 Credit value 20 Programme Level 9 After completion of the module, students should be able to: Engage in critical debate regarding strategic labour relations management; Critically discuss the impact of relevant South African labour legislation on the employer-employee relationship; Develop and communicate industrial relations policies and procedures in line with legislation. Discuss and apply strategies in conflict resolution, Evaluate grievance and disciplinary hearings Facilitate procedural and substantive negotiations Discuss and evaluate the appropriateness of various disciplinary procedures. Apply negotiation skills. Strategic Labour Relations management South African Labour Legislation Comparative Labour Relations systems Labour Relations systems and procedures Negotiations 117

Disciplinary procedures and dispute mechanisms An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 90 Total Learning Time 200 3 Lectures Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 60% Formal Assessment 40% Name of Module BPS808 Training Management Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective Industrial Psychology Module Description Training Management Generic Module Name Training Management BPS818 Credit value 20 Programme Level 9 After completion of this module students should be able to: Critically analyse and evaluate the clutch of learning and development legislation and its impact on training and development in organisations. Evaluate and apply the various theories of learning to the development and/or implementation of learning and development strategies and practices. Evaluate current thinking on workplace learning. Critically analyse how organisations can utilise their collective organisational knowledge to develop valueadding skills. Analyse and evaluate E-learning, online learning and blended learning and their impact on workplace learning. Evaluate Performance management systems and their uses as tools to make learning and development decisions. Evaluate best practices analyses and training needs analyses. Learning and development legislation Theories of learning Current thinking on workplace learning Knowledge management Using collective organisational knowledge E-learning, online learning and blended learning Performance management systems Best practices analyses and training needs analyses An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial 118

Psychology, Human Resource Management Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 200 190 3 lectures Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 60% Formal Assessment 40% Name of Module BPS 809 Assessment Programme in which module will be Faculty Core/Elective offered Masters in Industrial Psychology EMS Elective Industrial Psychology Module Description Assessment Generic Module Name Assessment BPS 819 Credit value 20 Programme Level 9 After completion of this module, students should be able to: Critically discuss competency based assessment Apply the principles and theories of competency based assessment; Engage in critical debate and/or discussions regarding emerging issues and debates pertaining to competency based assessment; identify, analyse and deal with concrete and abstract problems faced by assessment practitioners, using appropriate approaches identify and analyse information needs and retrieve information when conducting assessments; critically analyse, synthesise and evaluate quantitative and qualitative data to assist in the decision making process An overview of competency based assessment, from a national and international perspective The impact of legislation on the practice of assessments in general and competency based assessments in particular Validity, bias and reliability studies The development of competency based job profiles Competency based assessment techniques, including interviews, role plays, group exercises, presentations Generating assessment results/outcomes Interpreting and reporting assessment results Legislative and other organisational factors impacting on assessment results The future of competency based assessment and competencies for the future Ongoing researchcomputer generated competency based assessments 119

An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management or Psychology that contains modules in Human Resource/Personnel Management and Psychometrics. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 60% Formal Assessment 40% Institute for Social Development Module Name DVS703 : Development Management Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS703 Module description Development Management Generic module name Development Studies 703 Credit Value 24 1 Programme Level 7 To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development To enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems To enhance students capacities to develop their own ideas and to communicate their ideas clearly To strengthen students capacity to work in teams To reinforce students inclination toward and commitment to service To build students confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities Topics that will be covered include: Theoretical overview of Development Management Development Management in practice Situation Assessment Programme Conceptualization and Planning Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and Evaluation Use of Management Information Systems Budgeting and Financial Management Resource Mobilization Negotiation and Representation Leadership and Empowerment 120

Faculty Honours admission requirements Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Reading 25 Papers 25 Group assignments 30 Extra-class activities 10 Self-study 120 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Class participation and presentations, 2 seminar papers, 5 group assignments, class tests and final examination (externally moderated) Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Module Name DVST 706 : Social Policy and Development Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS706 Module Description Social Policy and Development Credit Value 24 1 Program Level 7 Outcomes of the course Upon completion of the course students should Have a framework within which to understand global problems of poverty and development; Have the ability to understand, formulate and critique social policy in developing countries such as South Africa; Have an overview of key social-economic policy areas such as employment creation, social security, education and training, health and labour, against the backdrop of poverty and inequality in developing countries such as South Africa; Have improved analytical and writing skills, which are critical to engaging in policy debates. Introduction to the course Social issues and problems in our time Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and challenges The socio-economic context coping with social problems within the context of globalisation Models of social security The crisis of the socialist, social-democratic model and conservative welfare states The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing nations: South Africa and Chile The relevance of gender to social policy: Measuring the impact of social policy Measuring the impact of social policy The challenge for social policy in developing countries Labour Job creation strategies: Small Business and Public works programmes. 121

Health Education Prohibited combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 100 hours Tests & examinations: 48 hours Self-study 64 hours Total Learning Time 240 hours Methods of Student Assessment Weekly preparation papers, 2 long assignments, examination Module Name DVS731 : Theories of Social Transformation Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS731 Module Description Theories of Social Transformation Generic module name Development Studies 731 Credit Value 24 1 Programme Level 7 Students will have an understanding basic concepts critical to the development debate Students will have an understanding of the dynamics between these concepts and role-players within development Students will have an understanding the historical context of the various theories of social transformation Students will have an understanding how these theories fit into the current debate around development Students will be able to apply these theories to contemporary developmental issues Students will be able to apply these concepts to contemporary South African development debate The central backbone of this course is Development Theory. This we may divide into three streams: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory, and Other Social theory. Neo-liberal economic theories associated with the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund. We examine all of these theories with special reference to South Africa. We look at a number of basic sociological concepts which illuminate the theories mentioned above i.e topics like the nature of power, civil society and the nature of the state Faculty Honours admission requirements Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Reading 132 Papers 50 122

Preparation for semester and class tests 34 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Participation, 2 papers, semester test, 5 class tests and final examination. Externally moderated Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Module Name DVS732 : Economics for Development Studies Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS732 Module description Economics for Development Studies Generic module name Development Studies 732 Credit Value 24 1 Programme Level 7 Upon completion of the course students should Be acquainted with the recent economic history of a range of countries with economic policies of interest to developing countries. Have an insight into the nature of the economic debates between free marketers, socialist democrats, socialists and developmental economists. Know some of the more technical contemporary economic terminology important for an understanding of the discussions of economic issues in the media; Develop a better understanding relevance of some of the contemporary economic policies for a developing country of the student s choice. The nature of a free market economy and the limited but crucial regulating role a government plays in such an economy. The key economic policies and debates in two countries with a free market orientation, e.g. the USA, Chile or Uganda. The key features of a number welfare capitalist economies, with a social democratic or social market orientation. Some of the key economic and social policies adopted in at least one welfare capitalist state, e.g. in Sweden, Germany or Norway. The key economic policies of socialist states, including a discussion of the policies and reasons for transition of previous socialist states. In broad outlines, the economic history of at least two socialist states, e.g. of Cuba, of the Soviet Union or of Mao s China. The key economic strategies adopted in developmental states, and an overview of the reasons for their success. An understanding in broad outlines of the history of two counties in which a successful developmental state emerged, e.g. of Malaysia, South Korea, Taiwan or of China post 1978. An understanding, in the light of the experiences of the other countries, of the specific challenges faced by at least one African country, e.g. Ethiopia. 123

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 58 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly preparation for short tests on prescribed reading, 2 short (8-10pp) essays, an overview test and an examination (Externally moderated) Module Name DVS733 : Research Methodology Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS733 Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name Development Studies 733 Credit Value 24 Programme 1 Level 7 A Student will be able to: 1. to understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry 2. to master the methods and techniques used to conduct social research using the different research paradigms and traditions 3 to apply correctly the different research paradigms, methods and techniques in the real world in real situations amongst real people. This module has a strong practical and empirical dimension and character. Social research methods cannot only be taught. In order to master the methods and techniques and to understand the philosophy and logic underpinning it, one has to apply the methods and techniques in the real world The module will focus on: The philosophy of science The different types of research Research design and problem formulation Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) Qualitative studies Participatory action research (par) Evaluative research Ethics and politics of (social) research Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Selfstudy 214 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, number of small class tests (non counting for year mark), one major empirical research project and a 3 hour 40 124

minute open book examination (Externally moderated) Module Name DVS734 : Urban and Regional Development Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS734 Module Description Urban and Regional Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 734 Credit Value 24 Programme 1 Level 7 The student will be able to Understand key historical and contemporary theories and concepts in social development generally and rural development theory and practice in particular To apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African and Southern African context. To critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa. To understand why some local rural development initiatives practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through application of theoretical tools to empirical situations The module will focus on Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic, post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in (under) development of our rural hinterland. The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Selfstudy 212 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, one major assignments and a 3 hour examination (Externally moderated) Module Name Module Code Module Description DVS746: Community Development in Theory and Practice Institute for Social Development DVS746 Community Development in Theory and Practice 125

Generic module name Development Studies 746 Credit Value 24 1 semester Programme Level 7 Aims of the course: To create a more complete understanding and clarity on: The theoretical origins of community development Theoretical changes regarding community development within the broader framework of development thinking The current views on community development based on the practical situation in South Africa and Africa and the Third World To stimulate critical thought and academic debate on the topic of community development To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development and to enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations To provide students with the opportunity to apply basic tools needed to facilitate action in the 21 st century To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems Specific module content Conceptualization of community development within the framework of current development thinking Classical Development Theories Alterative Development Theories Building a base for Community Development Legislative framework of Community Development Participatory Rural Appraisal (PAR) Community Development Process Assessing Community Community Development Lessons from NGOs Community Action Plan and Application Community Action Plan Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (PM&E) Communication Skills and CD Leadership and CD Degree Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Reading 35 Papers 35 Internship/Research report 40 Extra-class activities 10 Self-study 90 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Class participation, one individual based long essay (8 pages) and one short essay (6 pages) as well as an internship report (8 pages). group assignments, class tests and final examination Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester 126

Module Name DVS807 : Social Policy and Development ISD Module description Social Policy for Developing Countries Generic module name Development Studies 807 DVS807 Credit Value 24 1 267250 Level Programme Outcomes of the course Upon completion of the course students should Understand how different historical experiences and sociopolitical perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies; Critically analyse social policies appropriate for a developing country; Understand how policies are formulated and institutionalised; Have a thorough understanding of social policy in a number of key fields; Be able to write a green paper on a social policy issue. Social issues and problems in our time Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and challenges The socio-economic context coping with social problems within the context of globalisation Models of social security The social-democratic model and conservative welfare states The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model The Developmental State The relevance of gender to social policy Measuring the impact of social policy The challenge for social policy in developing countries Labour policies important for social development, with specific reference to the debates in South Africa Education policies important for social development, with specific reference to the debates in South Africa Job creation strategies: Public works programmes. Health policies important for social development with specific reference to the South African debates. The impact on the environment of all social and economic policies. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 60 Tests & examinations: 72 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment 5 Weekly preparation papers, 1 long assignment, examination (Externally moderated) Module Name Module description DVS808 : Development Management ISD Development Management 127

Generic module name Development Studies 808 DVS808 Credit Value 24 2 semester Programme Level 8 To provide students with a theoretical understanding and conceptual introduction to development management To provide students the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development To enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems Topics that will be covered include: Overview of Development Management Contextualisation of development Contemporary Management Theories and Approaches Critiques of and Alternatives to Conventional Planning and Management Ideas and Practices The institutional role players in development Development Management in practice: i.e. Public participation and integrated development planning Situation Assessment, Programme Conceptualization and Planning Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and Evaluation Use of Management Information Systems Budgeting and Financial Management Resource Mobilization Negotiation and Representation Leadership and Empowerment Honours Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Reading 100 Papers 60 Group assignments 20 Extra-class activities 10 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Presentations, Seminar papers, class test and final examination Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Module Name DVS831: Theories of Social Transformation - Masters Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS831 Module Description Theories of Social Transformation Generic module name Development Studies 831 Credit Value 24 1 semester 128

Programme Level 9 + Students will have an understanding of basic concepts critical to the development debate + Students will have an understanding of the dynamics between these concepts and role-players within the international development context + Students will have an ability to deconstruct debate around development though the application of social theories. + Students will make class presentations to fellow masters students + Students will have an an ability to think critically about issues surrounding social transformation + Development Theory. + Divided into three streams: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory, and other social theory i.e. + Neo-liberal and Keynesian macro -economic theories + Other topics like the globalisation (Castells), nature of Power (Foucault), post- Modernism (Ferguson, Escobar, Fanon), structuration (Giddens) and the nature of the state. + Finally in the course the Social Choice Theory of Amartya Sen Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Reading 180 Papers 36 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Participation, 7 papers (of which one paper serve as the theoretical chapter of their theses), final oral examination Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Module Name DVS832: Economics for Development Studies Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS832 Module Description Economics for Development Generic module name Development Studies 832 Credit Value 24 1 Programme Level 9 Upon completion of the course students should Be thoroughly acquainted with the economic terminology and the economic theories relevant for the understanding of a number of key economic policies at the micro-, meso- and macro-level that are critical for development Have developed the ability to argue for or against the applicability of specific economic policies based on a rigorous theoretical and comparative analysis. Have developed a thorough understanding of domestic and 129

international as well as the economic, legal, political and cultural determinants of the variance in the developmental outcome of different economic policies across different countries Be acquainted with the political-economic development experiences of a broad range of developed and developing countries Overview, application and critical analysis of different institutional economic and political-economic theories relevant for a comparative analysis of the developmental outcome of different types of political-economic systems Critical analysis of the developmental impact of the economic system, that is, different types of economic policies and economic institutions at the micro- (organisational), meso- (industry/market) and macro (economy) level. Policies and other institutions discussed vary depending on the interest and background of the students and the current developmental relevance and may comprise some of the following: o micro-level: property rights regimes (ownership), governance structures, contracting, corporate social responsibility, organisational culture etc o meso-level: industry regulations, competition policies, market liberalisation, privatisations o macro-level: inflation policies, monetary policies, (un)employment policies etc o Critical analysis of the influence of the legal and judicial system on development Critical analysis of the influence of the politicalconstitutional system on development Critical analysis of the international economic system (e.g. international treaties, multilateral agreements etc) on development Critical analysis of the influence of the cultural system, such as religions, social norms, collective beliefs and traditions on development Critical discussion of the (systemic and non-systemic) determinants of the development and dynamics of economic and financial crises Depending on the interest and background of the students as well as the current developmental relevance, up to 6 different country experiences from low, middle, and high income countries are discussed (such as, for example, China, South Africa, Argentine, Bolivia, Brazil, Malaysia, Germany, Sweden, India, Russia, Cuba etc) and are systematically compared. Preferably the honours in Comparative Economics, the masters in Poverty Alleviation and Public Finance or other courses or experiences which can provide the students with an equivalent economic background on development Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 100 130

Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment A varying combination of the following: One to two case studies & presentations, two short essays (a 8 to 10 pages) or one long essay (25 to 30 pages), final written exam (externally moderated) Module Name DVS834 : Urban and Regional Development Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 834 Alpha-numeric Code DVS834 Credit Value 24 Programme 1 Level 8 1. Understand key historical and contemporary concepts in rural development theory and practice 2. Ability to apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African and Southern African context. 3. Ability to critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa. 4. Ability to understand why some local rural development initiatives practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through application of theoretical tools to empirical situations 5 Ability to contribute to a critical debate regarding appropriate rural development strategies and general policy development for SA The module will focus on The Masters module broadly covers the same crucial aspects and themes covered in the Honours module with more concentrated focus on theories and some additional themes included. 1. Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas 2. Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic, post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm 3. Different agri economic models for Africa 4. The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas 5. Exploration and assessment of Government s contemporary conceptual thinking and policy implementation (ISRDS) regarding the sustainable economic transformation of the rural areas of SA. 6. Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development 7. Pro Poor Tourism and Sustainable Rural development 8. The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in (under) development of our rural hinterland. 9. Rural Education: Sowing the Seeds of Learning 131

10. The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies 11. Designing a conceptual framework for appropriate and sustainable agri rural development for SA Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 212 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, three major assignments and a 3.5 hour examination Module Name DVS839 : Social Problems Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Problems Generic Module Name Development Studies 839 Alpha-numeric Code DVS 839 Credit Value 24 Programme One Level 8 Understanding of the dynamics various social problems Understanding of the historical context within which social problems exist in South Africa and the importance of paying attention to historical context Understanding of social problems within a development framework Understand how some social problems can be socially constructed that further the agendas of those in power Ability to apply critical eye to development itself through the exploration of the deeper causes of social problems (e.g., social, economic & structural inequality) Deep historical exploration and sharing of own social/cultural/familial group to evidence social challenges and strengths. Some experience with teaching honours students Application of work of current development theorists to understand elements and critique social problems and development in South Africa and sub-saharan Africa Use of theoretical work of current development theorists to critically explore the concepts of poverty, poverty reduction and poverty production Use of recent critiques of development paradigms to propose alternative approaches to social problems and their resolution Use of specific case studies of social problems as selected by students in consultation with the lecturing staff to apply and critique these theoretical approaches Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. 132

Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 201 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Class participation and presentations (10%) Preparation of research proposal (10%) Research project and seminar paper (30) Final examination (40%) Module Name DVS841 : Research Method Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methods Generic Module Name Development Studies 841 Alpha-numeric Code DVS 841 Credit Value 24 Programme One Level 8 A Student will be able to: 1. understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry 2. examine the most influential paradigms/traditions of social sciences, that include logical positivism, interpretisvism/phenomenology, critical theory, feminism and post-modernism 3. understand that research includes quantitative, qualitative or participatory methods 4. master the methods and techniques used to conduct social research using the different research paradigms and traditions 5. understand that research is a process and involves a number of different stages 6. Access a range of appropriate information as the basis for research using different methodological tools 7. Analyse and synthesise gathered information 8. Include researched material in reports 9. Interpret documents for their value in terms of their research content 10 construct a research proposal for Masters dissertation The module will focus on Introduction to literature and referencing procedures The planning of a research proposals The philosophy of science The scientific research process The different types of research Research design and problem formulation Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) Qualitative studies Participatory action research (par) Evaluative research The ethics and politics of social research Data collection and sampling methods Data processing, data analysis and interpretation of results Introduction to computer packages, computer analysis of data Graphical representation of results. Report writing Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination 133

A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 214 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Class participation and presentations (10%) Preparation of research proposal (10%) Research project and seminar paper (30) Final examination (40%) Module Name DVS843 : Poverty and Public Finance ISD Module description Poverty and Public Finance Generic module name Development Studies 843 DVS843 Credit Value 24 1 Programme Level 8 Upon completion of the course students should have a detailed understanding of concepts, causes and measures of (under)development and poverty (reduction) have a detailed understanding of different means of public finance and to what extent they can contribute to enabling both development and poverty alleviation. have a detailed understanding of, be able to critically discuss and to apply relevant economic theories in the field of public economics and development economics to problems related to public finance, development and poverty alleviation. have a detailed understanding of the economic, political and cultural determinants and of the institutional and situational context dependency of the effectiveness of different means of public finance. have the ability to derive theory based policy recommendations that enable development and poverty alleviation and that are adapted to developing country contexts. A thorough conceptualisation and critical analysis of different definitions and measurements causes of (under)development and poverty Overview and critical analysis of different economic theories of (under) development. Overview and critical analysis of (micro) economic theories in the field of public and development economics that are relevant for the analysis of the effectiveness of means of public finance, especially Neoclassical Economics, New Institutional Economics and Behavioural Economics Critical discussion of the possibilities and limitations and determinants of the following means of public finance to enable development and poverty alleviation: Savings & Remittances Direct and Indirect Taxation State Owned Enterprises Privatisations Public Private Partnerships Foreign (Direct & Portfolio) Investments (Official and Private) Foreign Aid 134

Two Case Studies: The Determinants of Foreign Aid Effectiveness & Negotiating Public Private Partnership Contracts Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Course Work: Memorandum writing exercise, two short essays, two case studies including presentations, final written exam Module Name DVS846 : Community Development in Theory and Practice ISD Module description Community Development in Theory and Practice Generic module name Development Studies 846 DVS846 Credit Value 24 1 semester Programme Level Masters Aims: To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of community development, including: Conceptualization and theories of community development Historical and theoretical roots of community development Community development principles, processes, models and debates Assessment of communities The community action planning process Dealing with differences and diversity Basic group processes Community communications Impact assessment and measuring outcomes Networks, partnerships and coalitions The local economic base and strategies for economic development Participatory research approaches Leadership in communities To enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations and equip students with practical skills in facilitating a participatory, people centred grassroots process; To reinforce students inclination toward and commitment to service To build students confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities and in their country The course will broaden the experience of people in community development practice who work in such specific areas as health education, worker education, environmental education and training, rural development and local government, agriculture, public works programmes etc. It will empower students to function effectively and expand their knowledge in a rapidly changing micro and macro society. Programme outline: I : Community Development Theory: 135

This section introduces community development theory: The following aspects will be addressed: Defining and examining the concept of community and understanding the differences in a historical, urban or rural context. An examination of the historical and theoretical roots of community development and the linkage between these and various current theories of practice. Current strategies for community regeneration and development which promote sustainability in their local areas will be explored. Defining community development, its link to poverty reduction processes, Community development principles and practices, community relations and community development in developing countries and South Africa A general overview of the community development field will be provided and an introduction to the key principles and debates in community development. A critical examination of the process of community development and associated projects by discussing a number of models through which this work is undertaken. Major Issues in Community Development This section aims to critically explore the impact of some key issues and how they impact on community development. Examples of such topics are: Gender and community development The environment and community development The impact of globalisation (globalisation) of the local economy II : Community Development Practice: This section introduces community development practice: The following aspects will be addressed: The first section aims to engage students in the key processes, stages, skills and knowledge involved in community development and project management. Practical issues of community development will be dealt with including community mobilisation and how to engage community members in participatory methods of dealing with community challenges as well as handling local initiatives. Students will be introduced to the field of project management, planning and control with particular emphasis on community-based development projects. Honour s degree Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Reading 100 Papers 60 Group assignments 20 Extra-class activities 10 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Assessment: Throughout the semester a diversified mode of evaluation will be carried out which includes the following: Long essay on individual prescribed topics Class participation Group work and presentations Research project and internship Externally moderated 136

Module Codes Prerequisites MDP Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management ADM(Finance) ADM(Financial Planning) Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM (Finance) BCom(Hons)(Management) BCom(Hons)(Finance) Honours in Bus. Admin (closed) Honours in Finance/Inv (closed) Method of Lecturer Assessment Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester School of Business & Finance CORE MODULES Business Communication Business Finance Economics for Managers Employee Management Finance Research & Communication Financial Accounting 1 Financial & Analytical Techniques Financial Management Information Systems & Technology Intro to Information Systems Management Skills Development Marketing Operations Management Principles of Management Accounting MDP567 MDP565 - C - - - - - - - - - MDP680 ADM668 MDP549 ADM MAN749 MDP578 MAN651 MAN759 FRC611 ADM681 ACC781 C - E - E - - - - - - MDP580/ ADM616/ MAN748 MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751 ADM616/ MAN748 MDP553/ ADM619/ MAN753 - E E C C C C C C C C - E E - - C -- - - C - - - C - - - - - - - - - E C - E C - C E C ADM610 ADM622 - - - E - - - - - - - MDP556 ADM622 MAN756 MDP580/ ADM668/ ADM616/ MAN748 - E E C C E C C C C C - - - C C - E E C C C C ADM647 MAN747 MDP550 - C - - - - - - - - - - MDP - C - - - - - - - - - - MDP554 ADM620 MAN754 MDP557 ADM623 MAN757 MDP553 ADM619 MAN753 - - E C - - C - C C C - MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751 - E C - - C - C C C - - - E E C C C C E C - C 137

Module Codes Prerequisites Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management ADM(Finance) ADM(Financial Planning) Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM (Finance) BCom(Hons)(Management) BCom(Hons)(Finance) Honours in Bus. Admin (closed) Honours in Finance/Inv (closed) Module Codes Prerequisites MDP Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management ADM(Finance) ADM(Financial Planning) Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM (Finance) BCom(Hons)(Management) BCom(Hons)(Finance) Honours in Bus. Admin (closed) Honours in Finance/Inv (closed) Principles of Management & Business MDP551 ADM618 MAN751 - C - C C C C C C C C C CORE MODULES cont Quantitative Analysis MDP548 ADM616 MAN748 Quantitative Mgt MAN710 Topics - see Fin & Analytical Techniques Research & Comm ADM626 for Business RCB711 Strategic ADM629 Management MAN769 C Core E Elective - - Not Applicable MDP580/ ADM668 ADM622 MAN756 - E E C C E C E - C C - - E - E - E - E ADM618 - - C - C - C - - - ADM618/ MAN751, ADM620/ MAN754, ADM623/ MAN757 - - E E - C E C E C E FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING Adv. Financial ADM604 MAN312/ - - E - E C - C E C Management MAN704 ADM622MAN756 Adv Long Term Ins RPP715 IST714/ IST310/ - - - - - - E - - & Retirement Planning Adv Management MAN745 ADM619/ - - - - E E E E E E 138

ELECTIVES Module Code Prerequisites Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM(Finance) BCom(Hons) (Management) BCom(Hons) (Finance) Hons in Bus. Admin (closed) Hons in Finance/Invesst. (closed) Accounting MAN753/ MAN681 Financial ACC782 ADM681/ ACC781 - - - - C - E E E Accounting 2 Financial Analysis MAN706 MAN604 - - - - - E - C E E MAN704 Financial Planning ADM632 ADM668, ADM622 - - - C - - - - - - Finance Research FRP711 MAN314,ADM626 - - - - E - C - - FRC311RCF711; MAN307ADM605 MAN705; MAN312MAN756 ADM622 Finance Research FRR711 FRP711 - - - - - E - C - - Report Finance Seminar MAN742 MAN307/ ADM605/ - - - - - E - E E E (Currency Risk Management) MAN705 Financial Statement FSA711 ADM681/ ACC781 - - - - - E - E - - Analysis Investment Analysis ADM780/ MAN307/ MAN605/ - - E - - E - E E E MAN780 MAN705 Investment ADM605/ MAN234/ ADM622/ - - E - - C - C E E Management MAN705 MAN756 Long-term LTI614 - - - C - - - - - - Insurance Long-term IST713 MAN234 ADM668 - - - - - E - E - - Insurance ADM622 MAN756 Research & Comms RCF711 MAN616/ MAN748 - C - C - E for Finance Short-term IST611 - - - C - E E - - Insurance & Risk IST712 Statistics for MAN787 ADM616/ MAN748 - - - - - C E C E E Investments Tax & Estate Planning ADM631 ADM668/ ADM622 - - - C - - - - - - MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Advanced Employee MAN714 MAN324/MAN651/ - - E - E - E - Management MAN755 Advanced Labour Law LBL431 EMP711 - - - - E - - - Advanced Marketing MAN702 MAN231/ - - E - E - E - ADM620/MAN754 Analytical and Critical MAN746 MAN314/ ADM626/ - - E - E - E - 139

Thinking RCB711 Consumer Research CRP711 MAN314/ ADM626/ - - E - E - - - RCB711 Contemp. Management MAN709 ADM618/MAN751 - - E E E E E E Topics - Corporate governance Entrepreneurship & ADM607/ MDP551/ ADM618/ - E E - E - E - Enterprise Development MAN711 MAN751 Field Study (30 MAN717 MRP711 - - - - E E - - credits) Global Marketing MAN719 MAN554/ ADM620/ - - E - E - E - MAN754 Management MAN712 ADM647/ MAN747 - - E E E E - E Information Systems Management Research MRP711 MAN314/ ADM626/ - - E - E - - E RCB711 Management Research MRR711 MRP711 - E - E C - - - Report Project Management ADM620 MAN233/MAN623/ - E E E E E E E MAN720 MAN757 Services Marketing MAN728 MDP554/ ADM620/ - - E - E - E - SME Management MDP531 MAN631 MAN731 MAN726 MAN754 MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751 140 - E E - E - E - Strategy and Global Competition MAN304/ ADM629/ MAN769 - - - - E - Supply Chain MAN730 MAN233/ - - E - - E Management ADM623/MAN757 Technical Report MAN763 MRP711 - - - E - - E World Class MAN721 MAN233/ - E E - E - E - Operations ADM623/MAN757 C: Core E: Elective --: Not applicable A. MDP CORE MODULES Business Communication Programme Senior Management Develoment Programme Core MDP567 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 6 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Read and analyse case studies, do presentations and write reports based on presentations Identify problems, research those problems, do presentations and write up reports based on the research. 1. Case analysis 2. Presentations: Group & individual (including Power Point) 3. Report writing based on case study analysis 4. Researching problems

5. Identifying research tools 6. Collating and interpreting data 7. Independent report writing (formats) 8. Introducing: Investigative feasibility reports MDP579 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 44 Case preparation/analysis 28 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Assessment School of Business and Finance Module Topic Business Finance MDP580 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester to be offered 2 nd Programmes in which the MDP module is offered. Level 5 At the end of the module students will be able to: Compute mathematical calculations used in financial management; Understand and interpret graphs and basic descriptive statistics; Interpret financial statements through ratio analysis; and Demonstrate an understanding of the basic use of analytical techniques in finance. Basic operations and fractions; Percents and their applications; Graphs and basic statistics; Financial management concepts; Financial statements and analysis (ratios); Risk and return; Time value of money; Valuation of shares and bonds; Cash flows, budgeting and working capital management; Capital budgeting Prohibited Combinations A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment 15 Practicals: 43 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%) Assessment Module type CFA 141

Module Topic Introduction to Information Systems MDP570 Credit Value 15 Programmes in which the MDP module is offered. Level 5 The course aims to develop foundational competencies in the use of information systems and information technology as a personal productivity tool and in organizational decision-making and problemsolving. On completion of the course the student will be able to demonstrate: Demonstrate the use personal computer technology effectively and productively. Use the computer to organize and manage information at a personal level. Know and understand the role of information systems in supporting organizational operations and decision-making Know and understand the place of the information systems department in organizations The use of information systems (IS) and information technology in decision-making and problem-solving. The module provides an overview of business information systems o transaction processing systems, o functional management IS o end-user computing and systems development Practical exposure to PC-based tools such as Windows, wordprocessing, spreadsheets, databases and the Internet. Prohibited Combinations A.Breakdown of Learning Time Amended Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 46 Assessment 20 Practicals: 14 Selfstudy Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%) Assessment Module type CFA Management Skills Development Programme Management Development Programme Core MDP 579 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 5 The module aims to develop listening, writing, reading, speaking and lifeskills. On completion the student will have demonstrated competence to Manage their own and cooperative learning processes as well as expressing well-informed points of view in a confident way Formulate diverse types of well-constructed academic and business writing (e.g. business correspondence, assignments) in a professional manner. 142

Apply academic reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines. Use accurate and appropriate language in oral and written communication Deliver well-developed oral presentations and express coherent, informed points of view in oral discussions. Apply cross-cultural communication strategies successfully in oral communication Demonstrate their ability to effectively manage learning time using planning techniques.. 1. Listening and note-taking skills. 2. Learning to write and writing to learn, e.g. constructing coherent paragraphs, summarising and paraphrasing skills. 3. Introducing students to multiple reading strategies, e.g. pre-reading skills, reading with comprehension, and critical reading. 4. Organising, managing and controlling a coherent, formal presentation 5. Problem diagnosis 6. Task and time management, career planning, giving instructions and delegating Management Skills Development Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 3 lectures 0 Tutorials Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments; Tutorials; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Principles of Management and Business Programme Management Development Programme Core MDP551 Credit Value 15 University Level 5 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work applications, and situational management techniques. This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. Managing in a global environment: Management, Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making; Strategic and Operational Planning Process; Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence 143

Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human; Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals/Tutorials: 20 1 lecture and 2 tutorials Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%) B. CORE MODULES MANAGEMENT & FINANCE DIVISIONS Business Finance Programme Advanced Diploma Management & ADM(Financial Planning) Core ADM668 Credit Value 15 University Level 6 At the end of the module students should be able to: Compute mathematical calculations used in financial anagement; Interpret graphs and descriptive statistics; Analyse and interpret financial statements; and Demonstrate an understanding of the use of analytical techniques in finance. Basic operations and fractions; Percents and their applications; Graphs and basic statistics; Financial management concepts; Financial statements and analysis (ratios); Risk and return; Time value of money; Valuation of shares and bonds; Cash flows, budgeting and working capital management; Capital budgeting Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 3 lectures Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Assessment Module Topic Economic for Managers MDP549/ADM617/MAN749 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester to be offered 1 st Programmes in which the module is offered. SMDP, ADM, ADM (Finance), ADM (Financial Planning), PGDM, PGDM (Finance), BCom(Hons)(Management), BCom(Hons)(Finance) 144

Level 6, 7, 8 The module provides an introduction to economic concepts from the perspective of managers as users and interpreters of economic information. At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Understand the general economic theory and the working of the South African Economy. Understand the implications of economic developments and policies for business. The main aspects that will be covered are: The Market process: Supply, Demand & Price determination; The Economic Role of Government; Measuring the performance of the economy; The Business Cycle: Inflation & unemployment Production cycle; Money and Financial Markets interest and exchange rates; and International Trade and Finance. MDP548; ADM616; MAN748 Prohibited Combinations Economics at Level 6 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14 1 lecturer and 2 tutorials Assignments & tasks: 20 Assessment 6 Practicals: 28 Selfstudy 82 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments/essay, tutorials, tests (60%); Examination (40%) Assessment Module type CFA Employee Management Programme B.Com Honours (BusAdmin)(closed) Core Senior Management Development Elective Programme, Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, BCom(Hons)(Management) MDP578/MAN651/MAN755 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, students should demonstrate (a) an understanding of: main issues faced in employment relations (ER) and employee management in South Africa from a practically oriented perspective why management needs a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively and how to select an approach how human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to enhance efficiency and effectiveness the field from the perspectives of different disciplines and of management, labour and government (b) practical competencies in wage negotiations and conducting simple research projects, individually and as members of a team. The main areas that will be covered are: Conceptual frameworks for ER and human resource management 145

Historical and environmental context Trade union and management approaches Role of state and labour legislation Bargaining forums and negotiation Training and skills development Flexible utilization of labour MDP551/ADM618/MAN751 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN324 or equivalent Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 55 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Research Project; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentation; Test (60%); Examination 40% Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication Alpha-Numeric Code FRC 611 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be Offered. 1 Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered ADM(Finance); ADM(Financial Planning), PGDM(Finance), BCom(Hons) (Finance) Level 7 Year Level 1 The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to: Explain the finance research process Formulate research questions and identify research objectives. Design a simple finance research project Conduct a literature review on a finance topic. Produce a basic seminar paper Conduct professional oral and written communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology Basic Research processes in finance. Research topics in investment and corporate finance. Prepare a finance research proposal Basic computational research techniques. Research analysis and presentation. Professional oral and written communications, including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing Pre-Requisite Modules MDP548, ADM616, MAN748 Co-Requisite Modules ADM622 Prohibited Module Combination ADM626 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 20 Practicals Seminar Paper 43 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and 146

Assessment Module type Exam (40%) CFA Financial Accounting 1 Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, Core/ Elective ADM(Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance)/ B.Com Hons(Fin/Inv) ADM681/ACC781 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Prepare Financial Statements Reconcile various control accounts Analyse business transactions for Accounting reporting Use Financial statements to assess performance Evaluate firm s capacity to meet future obligations Assess Financial and Business risk The main aspects that will be covered are: Accounting Concepts and Organisation of Financial Statements Revenue recognition Accounting for and control of assets Cash Marketable securities and receivables Inventory costing methods Property Plant and Equipment Operating assets Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders Equity Statement of Cash flows Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity Financial Statement Analysis MDP553/ADM619/ MAN653 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations ACC131 and ACC132 or equivalent Financial Accounting Level 6 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly Class Test(18%); Mid-Term Test (16%); Assignments (16%) ;Exam (50%) Financial and Analytical Techniques (ADM610) Quantitative Management Topics (MAN710) Programme ADM(Finance), PGDM (Finance), B.Com (Hons) Elective (Finance) ADM610, MAN710 Credit Value 15 University Level 8 At the end of the course, students will be able to: Apply the various analytical techniques that managers use in practice in respect of decision making, forecasting and also have a working knowledge of project management 147

Fundamentals of decision theory Decision trees Forecasting Linear programming Network models Simulation Project management MAN656 Prohibited Combinations MAN305 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests; Assignments (50%); Exam (50%) Financial Management Programme ADM ( Finance)/(B.Com Honours (BusAd)/ Core B.Com (Hons) (Finance/Inv) (closed), BCom(Hons)(Management) Senior Management Development Programme/ Elective Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM MDP556/ADM622/MAN756 Credit Value 15 University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate the use of finance related analytical techniques; Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise; Determine project and enterprise risk; Analyze Fixed Income securities and shares; Evaluate project feasibility. The main aspects that will be covered are: time value of money; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; determination of cost of capital, return on equity; determination of bond and share prices; risk and return; evaluation of leasing; budgetary systems for planning and control; and Working capital management. MDP580 OR ADM668; ADM616 or MAN748 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN312 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 3 lectures 0 tutorials Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly tests; class tests; project (60%); Examination (40%) 148

Information Systems and Technology Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, ADM(Finance), Core PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons) (Management), B.Com(Hons)(Finance), B.Com Honours (BusAd) (closed), (Finance & Investments) (closed) ADM647/MAN747 Credit Value 15 University Level 78 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: (c) demonstrate an understanding of: The basic concepts of information systems and technology (IST); how they are managed and their potential benefit for organizations; How organizations can use IST to enhance competitiveness; How IST can be utilized by organizations in problem solving, increasing efficiency, improving customer service, enhancing communications and collaboration. (d) Demonstrate practical competence in desktop tools. The main aspects that will be covered are: Information technology uses in organizations; Network, E-business computing, Mobile computing; Transaction processing and enterprise systems; Data, knowledge and decision support systems; Business process and architectures; E-learning technology; and Strategic alignment and competitive strategy Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 15 3 lectures 0 tutorials Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 33 Case preparation/analysis Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments; Tests; Practicals, Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Marketing Organization and Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management /B.Com Hons (BusAd)(closed), PGDM, BCom(Hons) (Management) Core Elective Senior Management Development Programme ADM620/MAN754 Credit Value 15 University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Discuss the fundamental principles of marketing Apply the principles and practices to profit-seeking and non profitseeking organizations Demonstrate an understanding of the different marketing mix components, that is, the product, distribution, pricing and 149

promotion policies and strategies. Develop a marketing mix strategy for an organization. Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for all types of organizations. Critically discuss important international marketing issues. The main areas that will be covered in this course are: Marketing strategic planning; Environmental analysis; Competitor analysis; Consumer Behaviour; Product policies and strategies; Pricing related issues; Distribution methods; Promotional methods and strategies International marketing Prohibited Combinations MAN 231 or Marketing Level 6 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 1 lecture and 2 tutorials Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 55 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments; tests; tutorials (60%); examination (40%) Operations Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, B.Com (Hons)(Management) B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Senior Mnaagement Development Programme Core Elective MDP557/ADM623/MAN657 Credit Value 15 University Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Define and discuss basic operations management concepts Apply basic operations management techniques and management tools Apply the operations management concepts, techniques and tools to analyse and improve operations. Basic concepts of Operations Management Business process types & management Forecasting Capacity management Production & Service planning Inventory management Quality management Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Group case studies: 46 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 42 Total Learning Time 150 150

Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Group case assignments (Preliminary Components, Final Report), tutorials; (60%); Examination (40%) Principles of Management Accounting Programme ADM(Finance), ADM(Fin Planning)/B.Com Core/ Elective (Hons) (Fin/Invest)(closed) SMDP, Advanced Diploma in Management / Elective B.Com (Hons) (BusAd) MDP553/ADM619/MAN753 Credit Value 15 Faculty Level 6/7/8 Accounting principles and conventions are considered from the perspective of financial managers as users and not accountants as preparers. At the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate and understanding of: The product costing structure The accounting systems needed to record the Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business Budgetary Control The use of Financial Statements The main aspects that will be covered are: Cost/Expense Terminology and Management Product costing structure Recording Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business Budgetary Control Financial Statements (Balance Sheet, Income Statement and Statement of Cash flows) Prohibited Combinations MAC234; AC M255; Management Accounting at Level 6 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 3 lectures 0 tutorials (MDP553) 1 lecture and 2 tutorials (MAN753) Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly Class Tests, term tests; assignments (60%) and exam (40%) Principles of Management and Business Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, ADM (Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons)(Management), B.Com (Hons)(BA) (closed)/,b.com (Hons) (Fin/Inv)(closed) Core Elective ADM(Fin Plan) ADM651/MAN751 Credit Value 15 University Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work 151

applications, and situational management techniques. This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. Managing in a global environment: Management, Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making; Strategic and Operational Planning Process; Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human; Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems Breakdown of Learning Time Hour s Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals/Tutorials: 20 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%) Quantitative Analysis Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance), Core B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)/B.Com(Hons) (Fin & Inv), Senior Management Development Programme Elective Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, BCom(Hons)(Management) MDP548, ADM616, MAN748 Credit Value 15 University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of introductory statistical techniques; and Demonstrate the application of these techniques to management decision making. The main aspects that will be covered are: Statistical methods; descriptive statistics; probability distribution; sampling and estimation; regression; time series and correlation. time value of money MAN668 (ADM(Management), SMDP) Prohibited Combinations MAN235 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours 152

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 20 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Practicals; tutorials, tests (60%); Examination (40%) Generic Module Name Research and Communication for Business Alpha-Numeric Code ADM626/RCB711 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be Offered. 1 st Programmes In Which The Module Is Offered. Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, BCom. (Hons) (Management) Level 7/8 The module aims to develop a broad understanding of business research in the context of management decision-making, together with professional oral and writing skills. On completion, students should be able to: Explain how business research questions are formulated and design a simple study; Explain the difference between quantitative and qualitative methodologies and the philosophical approaches which inform the choice of research design and methods; Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business topic; Work collaboratively to collect and analyse relevant primary and secondary data from appropriate sources and compile a business research report. Apply all the elements of the business research process through the analysis of real-world case studies; Utilise oral and written communication and appropriate technology professionally in conducting a business research project. The nature of business research; Approaches to business research; The business research process ; Business research questions; Sourcing and reviewing relevant management literature; Business research project design including Sampling Design Qualitative and quantitative data collection Analyzing data and reporting findings; Commercial case study analyses for management decision-making (presentation and written); Professional oral and written communication skills required to conduct business research projects, including email, letters, proposals, report writing and presentations Pre-Requisites MDP567(from 2013); ADM618/ MAN751 Co-Requisites Prohibited Combinations FRC311 or FRC312; MDP567 (before 2013) A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Tutorials p.w.1 Assignments & tasks: Assessment Selfstudy Total Learning Time 50 7 51 150 Methods of Student Assessment: Research Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) 153

Strategic Management Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Management), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Core Elective Advanced Diploma in Management/ ADM629/MAN769 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, students will have the ability to demonstrate (a) a conceptual understanding of selected analytical tools used to: manage the process of strategic management develop competitive advantage formulate and integrate strategic analysis and functional strategies to develop business unit strategies implement and monitor strategies (b) the practical application of the above tools by analyzing and developing viable solutions to strategy case studies The main areas that will be covered are: Strategic management and decision-making processes; Influence of leadership, power, values and organizational culture on strategy formulation. Formulation of mission and objectives in context of industry and competitive analysis, and internal analysis of resources and capabilities Integration of corporate, business unit and functional strategies Identification of competitive advantage and strategy selection. Designing systems for effective strategy implementation and monitoring. MDP551/ADM618/MAN751;ADM620/MAN754; ADM623/MAN757 ADM647/MAN747 Prohibited Combinations MAN304 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 Board meetings/case preparation 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Test (60%); Examination (40%) C. FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING MODULES Advanced Financial Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance)/B.Com Honours (Finance/Investments) Core Elective B.Com.(Honours) in Management ADM604/MAN704 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: 154

Use Financial techniques to make investment decisions Show proficiency in assessing risk and the opportunity cost of Capital Demonstrate an understanding of the limits of the Efficient Market Hypothesis in the South African Context and share valuation. Discuss the relationship between borrowing, risk, cost of capital and the expected return Value shares and bonds The main aspects that will be covered are: Growth (Absolute and proportional increases) Advanced topics in Risk and Return Financing decisions and Market Efficiency Dividend policy Capital structure, risk, cost of capital and return Mergers and Acquisitions Control, Governance and Financial Architecture MAN622 or MAN312 or equivalent Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%) Programme (s) in which module will be offered RPP 715 Credit Value 15 Level 8 Advanced Long Term Insurance and Retirement Funds B.Com(Hons)(Finance) 1 semester Faculty Elective Students should be able to Critically assess the legal and tax implications of Long Term Insurance and retirement Funds Assess and review the Code of Conduct of Life Offices Association Critically assess and compare Retirement Funds Critically assess Group Benefits Estate Duty and Planning Critically assess and compare nature of Investment Instruments and Individual Retirement Options Evaluate and implement policy proposals Personal Insurance Policy Life Insurance as a Service Industry Legal and Taxation Principles Legislation that Affects Retirement Funds Life Insurance - A Product Introduction Individual Retirement Options Policy Proposals. INT714 / INT310 155

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Hours Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Test (60%); Examination (40%) Advanced Management Accounting Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) Elective (Mgt); B.Com (Hons) (Finance) MAN745 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Analyse Capital Expenditure Decisions Investigate Financing liabilities Analyse Leases and off-balance sheet debt Understand Post employment benefits Analyse Inter-corporate Investments Assess Financial and Business Risks The main aspects that will be covered are: Budgetary Planning The Capital-Expenditure Decision Analysis of Inventories Cost-Control Reporting Analysis of Financing Liabilities Pensions and Post employment Benefits Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments Business Combinations Credit and Risk Analysis ADM619, MAN753 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%) Examination (50%) Generic Module Name Finance Research Alpha-Numeric Code FRP711/FRP712 Credit Value 15 1 Proposed 1 st 156

Programmes In Which The Module B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance) Will Be Offered Level 8 The module aims to develop quantitative and qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, students should be able to: Apply the methods of sound reasoning and analysis to finance research Engage critically with academic literature in proposed area of research Identify logical fallacies and correct poorly reasoned arguments in finance. Identify areas of research interest in the finance domain Evaluate alternatives and select an appropriate methodology for their study Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader Professionally write-up and present a finance research seminar paper Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or complete draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study The main aspects that will be covered are: Research processes in finance. Research topics in investment and corporate finance Critical Analysis of academic literature in proposed area of finance research Formulating coherent academic arguments and research questions Seminar preparation and presentation. Computational research techniques. Quantitative and qualitative research design for Finance Technical academic writing and Research proposal-writing Writing up the Research Report Pre-Requisite Modules MAN314 or ADM626 or FRC311 or FRC312 or RCF711 or RCF712; PLUS MAN307 or MAN705; PLUS MAN312 or MAN756 or ADM616 Co-Requisite Modules MAN704; FRR711 or FRR712 or MAN717 Field Study (Honours students only) Prohibited Module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 23 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Other: Please specify 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Oral Presentations and Test (40%); Research Proposal (30%); Examination (30%) Generic Module Name Finance Research Report Alpha-Numeric Code FRR712 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be Offered. 2 Programmes In Which The Module B.Com Honours (Finance) Core, PGDM(Finance) elective Will Be Offered Level 8 The module aims to develop applied quantitative and qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, 157

students should be able to: Formulate finance research question Design methodology in line with the research question Collect, sort and prune financial data from databases Apply appropriate quantitative computational skills necessary to obtain research results. Describe and analyse research results. Compare and contrast research results to significant prior empirical findings. Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. Write-up and compile research dissertation. Research design and problem statement Research goal and objectives Data collection, sorting and pruning Research methodologies Analysis of Research Results Oral and written presentation of the research dissertation Pre-Requisite Modules FRP711/FRP712 Co-Requisite Modules FRP711/FRP712 Prohibited Module Combination MAN717 Field Study A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Tests & Examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 0.5 Selfstudy 20 Practicals 10 Research Dissertation 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Dissertation and Exam Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management) Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Elective PGDM (Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance) ADM642/MAN742 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and structures of financial risk management. Analyse how currency markets work. Trade currency and hedge currency exposures Account for foreign currency transactions Price currency futures and forwards The main aspects that will be covered are: The role of risk management in the enterprise Concepts and economics of foreign exchange Currency markets and systems. Foreign currency exposure Currency hedging Managing currency risk in portfolio investment. Foreign currency accounting issues ADM605/705 or MAN307 158

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly Class Test; Mid-Term Test; Assignments; (60%); Examination (40%) Financial Accounting 2 Programme Credit Value 15 Level 8 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 PGDM(Finanace), B. Com (Hons)(Finance), BCom(Hons) (Fin/Inv) (closed) ACC782 Programme Elective At the end of the course students will be able to: Prepare a set of Financial Statements; Analyze financial statements to assess the performance of the business; Evaluate a firm s capacity to meet future obligations; and Assess Financial and Business risk. The main aspects that will be covered are: Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities Accounting for Equity Long-term Investments and Consolidated Financial Statements. Analysis of Financial Statements Inflation Accounting Income Taxes Analysis of Intra - corporate Investments ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Financial Accounting Methods of Student Assessment Tests; assignments; tutorials (50%); Examination (50%) Financial Analysis Programme Post-Graduate Diploma in Management (Finance) B.Com (Hons) (Finance) Elective Core MAN706 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the Financial Statements and Company performance. Conduct Sectoral and Industry analysis Forecast performance and predict failure 159

Value the various methods of Mergers The main aspects that will be covered are: Strategy analysis Implementing Accounting and Financial Analysis Forecasting (Sensitivity Analysis) Valuation theory and Concepts Credit Analysis and Distress Prediction MAN604/MAN704 and ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent level 6 module Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%) Assessment Financial Planning Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric Code ADM 632 Credit Value 15 Level 6 a) Students should demonstrate the ability to Critically evaluate Collective Investment Schemes Critically evaluate linked products Assess value of Multi-manager funds Evaluate the value of Hedge funds in a portfolio Develop asset allocation decisions Implement a Financial Plan assess, analyse and manage insurance risk. b) Apply the above tools by analyzing and developing viable solutions to case studies. c) Provide Financial Planning advice as is required of an Associated Financial Planner which is accredited by the Financial Planning Institute Collective Investment Schemes Linked products Mult-manager funds Hedge funds Asset Allocation Financial planning process Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Assessment Test (60%); Examination (40%) 160

161

Generic Module Name Financial Statement Analysis Alpha-Numeric Code FSA711 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be 2 Offered. Programmes In Which The B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance) Module Will Be Offered Level 8 On completion of the module, the student should be able to: Use Financial Ratios to assess Financial Risk Use Financial statements to assess performance Evaluate firm s capacity to meet future obligations Assess Financial and Business risk Use Financial Instruments to mitigate Financial Risk Use Financial Statements to value businesses The main aspects that will be covered are: Company Financial Statements Revenue recognition Cash Marketable securities and receivables Cash flow Analysis Inventory costing methods Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders Equity Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments Pensions and Postemployment benefits Business Combinations Valuation and Forecasting Pre-Requisite Modules ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Fin Acc module Co-Requisite Modules Prohibited Module FIA341 and FIA342 Combination Breakdown Of Learning Time Hours Contact With Lecturer / Tutor: 35 Assignments & Tasks: 50 Tests & Examinations: 5 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods Of Student Assignments; Tests (50%); Examination (50%) Assessment Investment Analysis Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) PGDM(Finance); BCom(Hons)(Finance), B. Com (Honours) (Fin/Inv)(closed) ADM680MAN780 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Elective 162

Demonstrate an understanding of investment and portfolio management principles. Critically discuss the characteristics of the most commons investment instruments and markets. Analyse company and industry trends. Evaluate options and futures The main aspects that will be covered are: BONDS: Fundamentals, Analysis and Valuation EQUITIES: Company & Share valuation and analysis Charting and Technical Analysis DIRIVATIVES: Futures, Forwards, Options and Swaps PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Trading stategies. Collective Investments Investment performance measurement ADM605/MAN705/ MAN307 Prohibited Combinations MAN308 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; Assignments; (50%); Examination (50%) Investment Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) PGDM(Finance); B.Com(Hons)(Finance) Elective Core B.Com (Hons)(Fin/Inv) (closed) ADM605/MAN705 Credit Value 15 Faculty Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss the investment environment. Demonstrate an understanding of the construction of Market Indexes. Critically discuss the developments in Investment Theory Effect Individual Financial Planning The main aspects that will be covered are: The Investment Environment. Asset allocation and selecting investments in a Global Market Security market indicator series and functioning of markets Efficient Capital markets Portfolio Management and Asset pricing models. Introduction to Security Valuation Stock market and industry analysis Company Analysis and Stock Valuation ADM622/MAN756/MAN312 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN307 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; assignments (50%); Examination (50%) 163

Assessment Long Term Insurance and Retirement Funds Programmes ADM (Financial Planning) PGDM(Finance), B. Com (Hons)(Finance) LTI 614/IST713 Credit Value 15 1 semester Programme Level 7/8 Core Elective Students should be able to Assess long term Insurance Risk Assess and Implement the Legal Framework of Retirement Funds Compare different types of Retirement Funds and their associated risks Evaluate and compare defined Benefit and Contribution Funds review the FAIS Act and its implications with respect to long term retirement Insurance Asssess and implement Legal and Taxation Principles Compare different Life Products and their risks b) Assess, identity and analyse insurance risk. Retirement Funds Risk and Insurance Different types of Retirement Funds Group Benefits Life Insurance A Product Introduction LTI614 - IST713 MAN234/MAN756/ADM 668 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations IST310 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Test (60%); Examination (40%) Short Term Insurance & Risk Programme (s) in which module will be offered ADM (Financial Planning) PGDM(Finance), BCom(Hons)(Finance) IST712 Credit Value 15 1 semester Faculty Level 8.0 Core Elective On completion, students should be able to Apply legal and tax issues to analyse Short Term Insurance (STI) contracts Critically analyse the principles and practice of Personal and Commercial Insurance Describe the FAIS Act and discuss its implications for STI Describe legal and taxation principles and apply them to STI 164

Critically analyse Insurance Products and their risks Describe the regulation of Health Insurance and recommend the choice of appropriate solutions Describe and apply the principles of Insurance and Risk Management. Identify and critically analyse insurance risk The Law of Contract Risk Management Basic Insurance Principles The insurance Market in South Africa. Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS) Legal and Taxation Principles Legal Framework Insurance Environment The principle of indemnity Insurable interest Good faith, warranties, misrepresentation and non-disclosure Beneficiary nominations Cessions Short-term Insurance Introduction to medical schemes The application of Medical Schemes Act Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Test (60%); Examination (40%) Statistics for Investments Programme PGDM (Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance), PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management), B.Com Core Elective (Hons) (BA) (closed) MAN787 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7.1/8.1 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of statistical concepts and probability theory and theoretical distributions. Perform hypothesis testing, one-way and two-way analysis of variance. Build a basic linear regression model. Construct an index; and Do basic time-series analysis The main aspects that will be covered are: The main aspects that will be covered are: Probability and probability distributions 165

Estimation & Hypothesis Testing Analysis of Variance Correlation & Linear Regression Time series analysis & forecasting Indices, benchmarking and performance measurement Linear Model building ADM616/MAN748 or equivalent, Intermediate Excel Skills Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 60 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Weekly Class Test; Mid-Term Test; Assignments; - 60%; examination Assessment (40%) Tax and Estate Planning Programmes Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric Code ADM 631 Credit Value 15 Level 6 Students should demonstrate the ability to Evaluate the tax liability under various schemes Perform Estate Planning to reduce duties and taxes Provide Succession advice in Estate Planning Evaluate the implications of the Matrimonial and Property Act on Estate Planning Evaluate the implications of the Will Act on Estate Planning Evaluate the implications of the Trust Property and Control Act on Estate Planning Income and Capital Gains Tax Estate Duty, Donations Tax, Transfer Duty Securities Tax Succession and Estate Planning Matrimonial Property Act Wills Act Trust Property and Control Act Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Test (60%); Examination (40%) D. MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Module Name Advanced Employee Management 166

Alpha-Numeric Code MAN714 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be Offered. To be determined Programmes In Which The Module B.Com Honours (Management), PGDM Is Offered. Level 8 Year Level Post-graduate At the end of the module, students should be able to: Critically analyse how the management of employees and the organisation of work are shaped by markets, institutions and processes in which employers, organised labour and the state are key role players. Critically discuss key developments in strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER) from a comparative perspective Critically analyse strategic human resource developments at firm-level in South Africa, where new ideas are borrowed from, the distinct context in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing them into the local context. The most important issues include: Comparative approaches to ER, HRM and national institutions Integrating HRM, employee management and operations strategies Industrial Democracy, Co-determination and Participation in Germany and Japan High Performance Work Practices in liberal market economies Emerging markets Competitive challenge of Chinese HRM Interpreting SA experience from an international perspective Training and Skill Development Performance related pay and executive compensation Organisational restructuring and flexible work practices Talent Management and Migration Employee Participation Employment Equity and Affirmative Action Pre-Requisites MAN324 or MAN651 or MAN755 Co-Requisites Prohibited Combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 5 Tutorials p.w. 0 Selfstudy 45 Other: Class Preparation 28 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Research Paper/Essay; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (60%); Examination (40%) Advanced Marketing Policy and Strategy Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (General)/ B.Com Honours (BA) MAN602/MAN702 Module numeric code 111602/111317 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 Elective 167

At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss the importance of marketing policy and strategy; Demonstrate an understanding of how it relates to the company s overall policy and strategy Analyze the external and internal environments with a view to identify threats and opportunities for the organization; Evaluate the Marketing policies and strategies of competitor organizations to gain a competitive edge. Develop and implement a marketing policy and strategy unique to the organization. The themes are: Business policy and strategy; Marketing models; Marketing environment; Marketing policies; Marketing objectives; Marketing strategies. Marketing performance models. MAN654 OR MAN231 & MAN303 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 40 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignments (15%); Case studies (15%); class discussion with peer Assessment evaluation (10%); Weekly chapter outlines (10%) and examination (50%). Analytical and Critical Thinking Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Mgt)/ B.Com Honours Elective (BusAd) (closed) MAN746 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: a) Apply the methods, of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis. b) Identify logical fallacies in arguments. c) Identify and correct poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions. d) Critically discuss why clear thinking is important and necessary. e) Engage critically with academic literature and arguments in proposed are of research. f) Develop a research prosal to complete the requirements of the Techinal Report. The main aspects that will be covered are: Plagiarism and academic writing writing a coherent Academic Argument and Research Report Structure of Arguments Identifying Fallacies Avoiding poorly Reasoned Arguments Research Proposal 168

Selecting a Research Topic Literature Review Critical Analysis of Literature in Proposed Area of Research Selecting a Research method Prerequisites MAN314/ADM626 Co-requisistes MAN763 Technical Report Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 25 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Group work; Oral Presentations and test (50%); Research Proposal (25%); Examination (25%) Generic Module Name Consumer Research Alpha-Numeric Code CRP711 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be 1 st Offered. Programmes In Which The PGDM Elective Module Will Be Offered B.Com (Hons) (Management) Level 8 On completion of the module, students should be able to: Explain the theories and central concepts of consumer behaviour. Apply consumer behaviour concepts to develop a research project Formulate a research proposal on a consumer behaviour topic. Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method in consumer research Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in consumer behaviour Construct a research question and craft a literature review on an appropriate topic Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the use of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in consumer research. Design a research study under the supervision and guidance of a project leader Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study. Introduction to Consumer behavior and consumer research Consumer behaviour - Internal and external influences Consumer decision-making Reviewing the literature Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating Research Questions in Consumer studies Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data in Consumer studies Research Design Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer Data Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer data analysis Ethics in consumer research Writing the Final Research Report Pre-Requisite Modules MAN303 or ADM620 or MAN754 169

Co-Requisite Modules MRR711/MRR712; MAN787 (recommended) Prohibited Module Combination MRP711 or MRP712 or MAN746 A. Breakdown Of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 51 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests, presentations and assignments (40%), Research Proposal or draft research report chapters (30%); Examination (30%) Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance) Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) Elective (Management), B.Com (Hons)(Finance) B. Com (Honours) (BusAd)(closed) MAN709 Module numeric code 111387 Credit Value 15 University Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory; Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective; Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses; Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues Principles of corporate governance in the context of diverse organisational types Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG) CG Theories; CG Law in SA and King 2 Report; Role of Governing Boards Responsibilities of directors Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards Accountability and implementing of Board decisions Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 150 Methods of Student Assessment test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam : 50% Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Development Programme SMDP/Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM B.Com (Hons)/(Mgt), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) MDP531/ADM607/MAN711 Credit Value 15 Elective 170

University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of enterprise development and entrepreneurship, both as areas of knowledge and as characteristics of the growth and development processes in South Africa. Critically discuss enterprise development Apply enterprise development skills in the career they wish to pursue. Develop strong entrepreneurship tendencies as the key process needed to meet economic challenges and to make a nation economically competitive. Meet the various requirements necessary for starting a business Continually evaluate the risks attached to starting and managing a small business Define an enabling small business environment Critically discuss the stages and dimensions of business growth Critically discuss strategies of harvesting the enterprises The module comprises: A series of topics and discussions on entrepreneurship and enterprise development; Assignments and case studies addressing contemporary issues in enterprise development and entrepreneurship; and, Seminars dealing with selected topics in entrepreneurship. Elements of starting, managing and harvesting an enterprise Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Case studies 15 Tutorials 15 Self study 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student test, Group report, Assignments, Tutorials, Case Studies, Assessment Unannounced class tests (50%); Examination (50%) Global Marketing Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons)/(Management)B.Com Elective (Hons) (BusAd)/(closed) MAN719 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, students must be able to demonstrate the ability to: Evaluate the global environment and challenges of globalisation that companies or organisations operate in. Evaluate the strategic global position of in a business/institution, Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of culture on global marketing. Critically discuss the ethical considerations in global businesses Evaluate the power relationships that influence trading relationships. Demonstrate an understanding of consumer behaviour in the 171

dynamically changing context. Develop a global marketing strategy as it relates to the global context. Apply global marketing theory in practical case examples. Global marketing research theories Environment of Global business The context within developing and developed nations Ethical considerations in global businesses Trading blocs and trade relations and the power of governments and regions to influence them Culture and global business Consumer Behaviour and global marketing strategy Global marketing, entry, communications and distribution Strategies Developing a comprehensive integrated global marketing strategy MAN654 or the undergraduate 3rd year courses in marketing. Breakdown of Learning Time (hours) Contact with lecturer 40 Assignments and tasks 40 Tests and examinations 10 Self-study 30 Practical 30 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Cases, Written tasks, Position paper (50%) and final exam consisting of a case study and a research paper 50%. Management Information Systems Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons)/(Management), B.Com(Hons)(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)/(closed) Electiv e MAN712 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 The course is presented as an advanced elective in Management Information Systems (MIS) and as such the content will change as the agenda of the Chief Information Officers (CIOs) in the knowledge economy changes. At the end of the module, students will be able to: analyze current strategic MIS issues facing managers in the knowledge economy; present some solutions to allow effective decision-making. Though the content will change from time to time, the following themes will be addressed: The Business Context of Information Systems The Internet Benefits Realization and Information Systems Delivery Valuation Outsourcing Perspectives in the knowledge economy Supply Chain Management (SCM) and strategic disintermediation Value Maps Other selected MIS topics ADM647/MAN747 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 172

Selfstudy 55 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Literature reviews; Individual Assignment; Group Assignment; Class test (50%); Final examination (50%) Generic Module Name Management Research Alpha-Numeric Code MRP711 Credit Value 15 1st Proposed /Term 1 st Programmes In Which The Module B.Com (Hons) (Management); PGDM Will Be Offered Level 8 On completion of the module, students should be able to: Critically analyse empirical and theoretical management research Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in the proposed area of management research. Construct an academic argument and craft a literature review Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in a business context. Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Management Research Report or Field Study. Thinking like a Researcher & Reading Critically Reviewing the literature Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating Research Questions Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data Research Designs Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Data Qualitative and Quantitative data analysis Ethics in business research Writing the Final Research Report Pre-Requisite Modules MAN314 or ADM626 or FRC311 or FRC312 or RCF711 Co-Requisite Modules MRR712 (Honours students only) Prohibited Module Combination FRP711 or FRP712 A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Selfstudy 43 Other: Fieldwork 10 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments, Presentations (40%) Draft Research Report or Research Proposal (30%); Examination (30%) Generic Module Name Management Research Report Alpha-Numeric Code MRR711 Credit Value 15 Proposed To Be 2 Offered. Programmes in which the B.Com Honours (Management) Core 173

Module Will Be Offered PGDM Eelective Level 8 Year Level Postgraduate The module aims to enable the student to complete a research report applying quantitative or qualitative research skills in the area of management. On completion, students should be able to: Formulate a management research question Select an appropriate methodology in line with the research question Collect, sort and analyse data, applying appropriate skills necessary to obtain research results. Describe and analyse research results. Compare and contrast research results to significant prior empirical findings. Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. Write-up and compile research dissertation. Research goal and objectives Literature Review Research methodologies Research design and problem statement Data collection, sorting and analysis Review of Research Results Oral and written presentations of the draft and final research dissertation Pre-Requisite Modules MRP711 or MRP712 Co-Requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 20 Research Dissertation 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Seminar Papers, Assignments and Presentations (25%) Dissertation (75%) Project Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, B.Com Elective (Hons) (Management) & B.Com (Hons) (BusAd) (closed) MAN620/MAN720 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the students will be able to: Understand the need for project management in today s life and understand the role and necessary characteristics of a Project Manager, Demonstrate an understanding of: o the five Project Management Process Groups and apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle, o the nine focussed expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project Management - apply these knowledge areas in order to more effectively manage a project, Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each of the knowledge Critically assess the viability of a project proposal. 174

Project Management Introduction, Characteristics of a Project Manager Project Processes and Actions Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes Closing Activities Key Knowledge and Competence Areas Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management Project Communication and Procurement Management Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management Project Risk Management Project Integration Management A module in operations management, MAN233 or MAN757 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 40 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignments; test; class discussion with peer evaluation (60%); and Assessment examination (40%). Services Marketing Programme Advanced Diploma in Management / B.Com Elective Honours (BA) ADM628/MAN728 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of services marketing. Identify aspects within organizations that can improve the service delivery to their customers. Develop a services marketing policy and strategy Evaluate the Service Marketing policies and strategies of competitor organizations, to develop a competitive advantage. The major areas that will be covered in this course are: The role of services in a changing economy; The relation and importance of services to the Gross Domestic product; The principles of the Servqual model; Service design, service setting, service quality and the use of the SERVQUAL model, the service encounter; Managing supply and demand for services; Service communications; Performance measurement and delivering satisfactory service; Monitoring and evaluating service. MAN754 OR MAN231 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 28 175

Tests & examinations: 8 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 34 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Case studies, class discussion; Weekly chapter outlines (50%) and examination (50%) Strategy and Global Competition Programme PGDM, B. Com (Honours) (Management), Elective BCom(Hons)(Bus Ad) MAN726 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: critically analyze a broad range of domestic and international topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa. Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context. conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms and/or sectors. The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to be covered are: Strategy and international competition Globalisation and competition Comparative and Competitive Advantage Competitive strategy for global players Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly Industrialised Countries South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations Regions and Clusters MAN304/ADM629/MAN769 Prohibited Combinations MAN865 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) SME Consulting Programme Advanced Diploma in Management//PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management)/ B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) ADM632/MAN732 Credit Value 15 Elective 176

Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able demonstrate the ability to: Prepare a profile of a business; Do a SWOT analysis; Prepare an action plan; Present the action plan to a mentor and the owner of the business; Prepare a final action incorporating the suggestions from the mentor and owner (s); Present the final action plan and overall plan to the owner. The main aspects that will be covered are: what is consulting; consulting to a family business; the SMME environment; productivity improvement model; business planning Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 30 Case preparation/analysis 18 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Profile; swot analysis; action plan (60%); final report and verbal Assessment presentation (40%) Supply Chain Management Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management)/ B.Com (Hons) Elective (BusAd) (closed) MAN730 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student should be able to: Apply the principles of world class supply chain management (SCM) to real world settings. Critically analyse the role that SCM plays in providing organizations with a competitive edge. Utilise analytical tools to integrate various functional areas of a business with suppliers locally and globally Evaluate the holistic effectiveness of a supply chain operation Explain the challenges of developing sustainable supply chains. Professional SCM Supply Chain Organisation and Management New Product Development Purchasing Descriptions and Specifications Managing Quality in the Supply Chain Procurement of Equipment and Services Strategic Sourcing and Outsourcing Global Supply Management Contract Negotiation and & Relationship Management 177

Ethics, Social Responsibility and Sustainability ADM623/MAN757/ MAN233 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 35 Assignments 25 Case studies 30 Tests 20 Examination 15 Preparation 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Assessment Module Name World Class Operations Programme Advanced Diploma in Management/ B.Com Elective Honours (BA)/B.Com Honours (Mgt) Alpha-Numeric Code MAN721 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss the interactive relationship between Operations, Strategy and Technology in today s global competitive environment. Critically discuss the various trade-off/conflicts associated with revolutionary approaches of managing operations. Analyze critically an organization s approaches to the design of its products, processes and services. Evaluate the implication of various revolutionary manufacturing techniques to the efficient and effective transformation/use of aggregate inputs raw materials, personnel, machines, technology, capital, information, & other resources into marketable and competitive outputs. This module will cover theoretical and practical contemporary issues related Operations management. The following will be covered: What are the challenges in global competitive environment and its implications on local operations How to create competitive advantage through Operations, New product & process development, and Operations improvements.. Examine various revolutionary approaches (World Class Manufacturing/Lean/JIT/Team work, etc), and note some growing disillusionment with some of these approaches. Dynamic processes for building firm-level technological capabilities Dynamic Organizational capabilities needed to offer products or services that are cost competitive, of consistently high quality, and meet the thrice delivery objectives of flexibility, dependability and speed. MDP557/ MAN233/ADM623/MAN757 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor 42 Assignments & critiques 30 Case studies & Class discussions 20 Selfstudy 25 Test 15 Examination 18 Total Learning Time 150 178

Methods of Student Assessment Assignments/critiques, Case studies, Tests (50%); Examination (50%) MASTERS IN MANAGEMENT Core modules Business and the Political Economy MAN809 Business Research Methods MAN860 Critical Analytical for Research in Management MAN833 Ethics and Leadership MAN805 Management Research Seminar MAN864 Organisational Diagnosis MAN815 SA Business and Globalisation MAN865 Electives Advanced Marketing Seminar Advanced Strategic Management MAN814 Comparative Organisation and Management MAN812 Corporate Governance MAN808 Social Entrepreneurship and the Social Enterprise MAN813 Strategic Human Resource Issues MAN832 Work Organisation MAN850 Business and the Political Economy Programme Masters in Management Core MAN809 Credit Value 15 University Level 9 At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an ability to: understand the political economy approach to business, economics and employment relations. analyse the roles and interests of domestic and international capital, the state and organised labour analyse the impact of globalisation, liberalisation, re-regulation and social transformation on the economy. analyse the contested terrain between capital, labour and the state in policy formulation and regulatory reforms. understand the political process underlying changes domestically from comparative perspective The main areas that will be covered in this course are: Business, Politics, Economics and Policy Capitalism in context Globally embedded in politics, society, institutions Varieties of Capitalism and the political economy of South Africa Liberalisation, democratisation and societal corporatism Political Economy of Economic Policy, Industrialisation & Economic Development Political Economy of Trade, foreign direct investment and multinational corporations Labour market, Training, Skill Development and Manufacturing Competitiveness Major in Management, Politics, Economics or related discipline Prohibited Combinations MAN724 Political Economy of Industrial Relations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 179

Methods of Student Assessment Research Project; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Business Research Methods Programme Masters in Management Core MAN860 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the course, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project; Critically discuss the philosophy surrounding the identification of a workable Research topic, conceptualization of a Research Project, preliminary survey of relevant literature. Apply relevant theory to chosen topic, identified relevant concepts, the relationships between them, and their operationalization. Analysed how different research methods are utilized to address particular research questions. Demonstrate an understanding of various Data collection and Analysis tools, and identified what is applicable to him/her. Complete a draft Research Proposal. This module offers an in-depth introduction to theoretical and practical issues surrounding the conduct of Business Research at Masters level. Topics that will be covered are: Introduction to Business Research Process and Proposal writing. Library resources and using internet, referencing and plagiarism. Formulating and clarifying researchable topic and research questions and/or hypotheses. Developing Theory, and how to do a preliminary literature review. Concepts, relationships and operationalization of concepts. Examination of different Research Strategies/designs - Qualitative vs. Quantitative studies. Designing, Planning and doing a Case Study Designing, planning and doing a Survey Questionnaire design and administration Data analysis and reporting Report writing and presentation of findings MAN833 CARM Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor 30 Assignments & Critiques 20 Draft Research Proposal 25 Class presentations & discussions 10 Selfstudy 45 Examination 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Critique/Assignments, Oral Presentations, Draft Research Proposal (50%); Examination (50%) Generic Module Name Critical Analysis for Research in Management Alpha-Numeric Code MAN833 Credit Value 15 180

Programmes in which the Module Masters in Management Core Will Be Offered Level 9 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Understand the business research process and apply this to drafting a comprehensive draft research proposal Apply the requirements and methods of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis for Master s-level academic writing. Identify logical fallacies in research and correct poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions. Apply critical reasoning and analytical skills to academic literature on a selected research topic. Construct an organising framework to integrate relevant literature on a selected topic Identify an appropriate research design Develop a draft proposal using a conceptual analytical framework that incorporates all of the above The main aspects that will be covered are: The research and proposal-writing process Developing and refining the topic for a research project Avoiding plagiarism and writing coherent academic arguments Fundamentals and application of analytical and critical thinking Structure of complex arguments in research context Identifying and avoiding common research fallacies Surveying, analysing, organising and reviewing literature Formulating research questions Theory building and operationalising research constructs Quantitative and qualitative research methods Pre-Requisite Modules Co-Requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Class preparation 30 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type Oral Presentations; Assignments; Literature Review; Research Proposal (60%); Examination (40%) Ethics and Leadership Programme Masters in Management Core MAN805 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues 181

Ethical issues; Professional ethics; Leadership theories, past and present; Personal assessment of preferred leadership style Practicing personal leadership skills Self-Leadership for organizational and personal success Empowerment of employees Motivation skills for a diverse workforce Ethical frameworks from literature and in practice Why making good business decisions can be so difficult Leadership and ethics in the global environment of diversity Avoiding the dark side of the force in your career Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 45 Tests & examinations: 5 5 Selfstudy 50 50 Case preparation/analysis 50 50 Total Learning Time 150 150 Methods of Student Assessment Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral Presentations (50%); final written exam (50%) Management Research Seminar Programme Masters in Management Core MAN864 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 The purpose with this module is to assist students to complete the data collection, analysis and drafting of the Research Report. At the end of the module, the student would have demonstrated how to: Incorporate support and feedback from his/her class presentations into draft chapters of a Research Project; Prepare draft chapters of literature review, research design, data collection, data analysis and findings; and Revise the research report drafts based on feedback from the supervisor, advisors and fellow students. This module will mainly cover practical issues related to the completion of the Research Report. The following will be covered: Class presentations of work-in-progress reports and critiques thereof; Class and staff/supervisor feedback; Addressing practical bottlenecks arising from conducting the research project; and Writing comprehensive draft chapters of the literature review, research methods, data analysis and findings MAN860 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor 40 Assignments & critiques 20 182

Class Presentations 20 Components of Draft Report 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments/critiques, Oral Presentations, Chapters of draft Research; Report (100%) Organizational Diagnosis Programme Masters in Management Core MAN815 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the various factors involved in the functioning of complex organizations Critically discuss the multi-dimensional perspectives through which organizational life can be analysed Apply inter-disciplinary analytic and diagnostic skills with respect to issues, problems and opportunities within organizations. Understanding Organizations and Organizing Organisations as Multi-dimensional Complex Systems Mechanical Images of Organization Organizations as Organisms in the External Environment Organizations as Political Systems Organizations as Cultures Organizations as Brains Organizations as Psychic Prisons and Instruments of Domination Measuring and Improving Organizational Effectiveness Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) South African Business and Globalisation Programme Masters in Management Core MAN865 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: critically analyze a broad range of domestic and international topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa. Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context. 183

conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms and/or sectors. The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to be covered are: Strategy and international competition Globalisation and competition Comparative and Competitive Advantage Competitive strategy for global players Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly Industrialised Countries South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations Regions and Clusters Prohibited Combinations MAN726 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Advanced Marketing Seminar Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN840 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the course students will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding and knowledge of classical marketing theories Discuss the relevance of marketing theory in developing marketing and business strategy. Interrogate relevant marketing theory and its implications in selected companies Critically discuss contemporary themes and relevant marketing theories Evaluate the implications of marketing theories on cases studies. Demonstrate an understanding of the influence of strategic marketing theories relating to segmentation, consumer behaviour, marketing mix Apply theoretical tools to interrogate different and opposing marketing paradigms. Analyse case studies to demonstrate the relevant theories that influence the selected choices or options. Apply marketing theory in practical case examples. Present cases relating to marketing theory. Marketing classical theories Understanding consumer behaviour theories and critique those. Evaluate the ethical marketing theories considerations in marketing 184

strategy and its implementation. Culture and marketing theory Marketing Strategy theories Theories relating to advertising, public relations as well as gap theories. Theoretical tools to assist in analysis the marketing strategies to be followed in the organisation Contemporary challenges facing marketers and the need for theory to inform strategies Develop a comprehensive integrated marketing strategy based on theory MAN719 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 65 Selfstudy 55 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Review essay/review paper; Action written tasks; critiques; case studies (50%) Examination (50%). Advanced Strategic Management Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN814 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the module, students should have demonstrated critical and analytical thinking skills about a range of strategic management issues an in-depth understanding of and appreciation for concepts and cutting edge research in strategic management; The ability to conduct written and oral analysis of current research in strategic management; the ability to explicitly link ideas, theory and research in the field to practical situations (i.e. case studies); the ability to communicate, both verbally and in writing, current knowledge, critical evaluations and the application of new ideas in strategic management This module follows an in-depth approach to strategy issues in theory and in practice. Competing models of strategy Industry Analysis, Strategic Choice and the Business Environment Strategic leaders, values and culture. Business Strategy: Resources, capabilities and core competencies Strategic Innovation, learning and knowledge management Strategic Organization and Decision-Making Models Corporate Strategy: Diversification and mature sectors Network Strategy: Relationships and Cooperative Strategy Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 25 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 185

Case preparation/analysis 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies; Assignments; Executive summaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Comparative Organization and Management Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN812 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Demonstrate a deep understanding of their own culture; Analyse the principles of diversity management applicable to South Africa; Critically discuss different dimensions of organisational culture; Demonstrate an understanding of national characteristics and how they impact on organisational culture. The main aspects that will be covered are: cultural differences; how culture affects the process of doing business; organisational cultures managing culture successfully; Diversity. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 75 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments; Tests; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%) Corporate Governance Programme B. Com (Honours) in Business Elective Administration, B.Com Hons (Mgt) MAN808 Credit Value 15 University Level 9 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory; Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective; Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses; Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues Principles of corporate governance in the context of diverse organisational types Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG) CG Theories; 186

CG Law in SA and King 2 Report; Role of Governing Boards Responsibilities of directors Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards Accountability and implementing of Board decisions Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 150 Methods of Student Assessment test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam : 50% Social Entrepreneurship and the Social Enterprise Programme Masters in Elective Management MAN813 Credit Value 15 Programme Level 9 At the end of the course, students will be able to: Critically analyze the role that traditional entrepreneurs and social entrepreneurs play in creating job opportunities; Evaluate what are the drivers of social entrepreneurs; Critically analyze the differences in entrepreneurship and social entrepreneurship processes; The main aspects that will be covered are: Social entrepreneurship Social enterprise; Social entrepreneurs; Understanding the: o Mission; o Strategies; o Goals; and o Organizational structure of Success and failure of social enterprises. MAN711 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 75 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%) Strategic Human Resource Issues Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN832 Credit Value 15 187

Programme Level 9 At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an in-depth understanding of: how the organisation of work and employee participation at firm, industry and country levels are shaped by contexts in which organised labour and capital are the key role players. The institutional framework, within which these processes evolve, develops over generations and is shaped, particularly by the state. Key developments transforming production systems, industrial relations and human resource management and worker participation from a comparative perspective the changes in human resources policies and practices at firmlevel, where new ideas are borrowed from, the contexts in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing them into the local context Comparative Approaches to IR, HR and national institutions Global Competition, human resources, production strategy and competitive advantage Integrating HR, IR and production strategies international comparisons Systems of Industrial Democracy & Co-determination Interpreting SA experience from an international perspective: Training, Skill Development and Competitiveness Workplace Restructuring and Employee Participation Performance related pay Organisational restructuring and flexible work practices Prohibited Combinations MAN714 Advanced Industrial Relations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Research Papers/Essays; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Finance Programme Faculty Elective MAN821 Credit Value 15 University Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of 188

the lecturer. MAN704, MAN705, MAN706, MAN710 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research & writing 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Capita Selecta - Selected Topics in Labour Relations Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN830 Credit Value 15 University Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. MAN714 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research & writing 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Capita Selecta Selected topics in Marketing Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN841 Credit Value 15 University Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. MAN719 OR MAN702 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research & writing 70 189

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Assessment Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Operations Programme Masters in Management Elective MAN851 Credit Value 15 University Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. MAN721 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research & writing 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Assessment Political Studies Security Studies Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description Security Studies Generic module name Security Studies POL731 Credit Value 24 U Level 8 After completion, students will be able to: analyze the meanings of security, threat and conflict from the perspective of the state, society and individuals distinguish between and evaluate traditional and new security paradigms describe and analyze the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level) Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict National security and human security paradigms New security threats The use of force in international relations The economics and technologies of war 190

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% International Relations Theory Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description International Relations Theory Generic module name International Relations Theory POL730 Credit Value 24 Level 8 After completion, students will be able to: explain the work of leading theorists in International Relations outline competing trends in IR Theory, e.g. rationalist and transformative theories and new interpretation of Classical Realism evaluate the role of theory in IR and use theoretical frameworks to interpret IR issues The role of theoretical concepts and frameworks Rationalist, transformative, constructivist, and critical theories in IR (Feminism, Environmentalism, Post-modernism) Challenges to mainstream theories, e.g. Realism and Liberalism Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% Programme (s) in which module will be offered Honours Module description Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory Faculty Core/ Elective Economic & Elective Management Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Contemporary Democratic Theory Contemporary Democratic Theory 191

Pol723 Credit Value 24 Term University Level 8 At the end of this module, students should be able to: - Attain appropriate levels of competency in analysis of theories of democracy - Write a critical literature review on this topic - Conduct independent research Contemporary scholarly theoretical debates over democracy Bachelor s degree in Political Studies Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 161 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description Security Studies Generic module name Security Studies POL731 Credit Value 24 Level 8 After completion, students will be able to: analyze the meanings of security, threat and conflict from the perspective of the state, society and individuals distinguish between and evaluate traditional and new security paradigms describe and analyze the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level) Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict National security and human security paradigms New security threats The use of force in international relations The economics and technologies of war Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% 192

International Relations Theory Programme (s) in which module will be offered Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description International Relations Theory Generic module name International Relations Theory POL730 Credit Value 24 Level 8 After completion, students will be able to: explain the work of leading theorists in International Relations outline competing trends in IR Theory, e.g. rationalist and transformative theories and new interpretation of Classical Realism evaluate the role of theory in IR and use theoretical frameworks to interpret IR issues The role of theoretical concepts and frameworks Rationalist, transformative, constructivist, and critical theories in IR (Feminism, Environmentalism, Post-modernism) Challenges to mainstream theories, e.g. Realism and Liberalism Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Elective Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory POL723 Credit Value 24 University Level 8 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Critically evaluate theories of democracy Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen participation, e.g. ward committees Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies Theories of democracy and participation Forms of citizen participation Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the DRC 193

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50%, Exam 50% Regional Community Foreign Policy Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Elective Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Regional Community Foreign Policy Pol724 Credit Value 24 Term University Level 8 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Analyze the process in attempting to formulate common foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU Demonstrate an understanding of complex theoretical and practical issues in this field Conduct independent research on the foreign policy issues of a selected regional community, e.g. peace-keeping by the AU Attempts to create a common foreign policy Foreign policy analysis Foreign policy issues, e.g. peacekeeping and free trade Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Elective Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Generic module name Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community POL725 Credit Value 24 194

Term Level 8 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities Conduct independent research Concepts and theories of policy making in regional communities Policy debates in selected regional communities Case study of the policy-making process in a regional community Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Advanced Research Methodology Programme (s) in which module will Faculty Core/ Elective be offered Honours in Political Studies EMS. Arts Core Political Studies Module description Advanced Research Methodology Generic module name Advanced Research Methodology POL701 Credit Value 24 Level 8 At the end of the module, students will be expected to: evaluate the different approaches to studying political phenomena evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the different approaches design a research project formulate a research proposal theories of qualitative research quantitative research methods formulating and evaluating research questions proposal design proposal evaluation Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 195

Research Project Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts core Political Studies Module description Research Project Generic module name Research Project POL706 Credit Value 24 Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to formulate a research problem and research proposal conduct independent research analyze relevant literature and write up a substantial report Research on a selected topic Research report Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Research report 100% Comparative Area Politics Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description (Header) Comparative Area Politics Generic module name Comparative Area Politics POL 708 Credit Value 24 Level 8 At the end of this module, student should be able to Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied Comparative method Political issues/controversies in countries of case study Significant transnational themes in the selected area Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 196

Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% International Political Economy Programme (s) in which new module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description International Political Economy Generic module name International Political Economy POL709 Credit Value 24 University Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism, globalization theory, critical theory of IPE Explain the structure of the world political economy Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g. financial crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons Theories of International Political Economy Debates and issues in IPE Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Political Violence Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Political Studies EMS. Arts elective Political Studies Module description Political Violence Generic module name Political Violence PO710 Credit Value 24 Level 8 At the end of this module, students will be able to: critically explain how political violence is framed as an object of analysis in scholarly discourse demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies 197

critically evaluate how political violence relates to political power and social change analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of contemporary or historical significance Political theory and violence War making and state making Legitimate and illegitimate violence Colonial modernity and violence Violence and social change Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Political Philosophy Programme (s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description Political Philosophy Generic module name Political Philosophy POL711 Credit Value 24 Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to: Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political philosophy Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% The Politics of Mass Communication Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies 198

Module description The Politics of Mass Communication Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication POL712 Credit Value 24 Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to: Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion Discourse analysis Theories of social representation Political mobilization and public opinion Mass communication media Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% South African Politics Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description South African Politics Generic module name South African Politics POL719 Credit Value 24 University Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically analyse power relations in South African society Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa s political economy Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment Current debates and issues in South Africa s politics and/or political-economy 199

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% POLITICAL TRANSITIONS Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours in Political Studies EMS, Arts Elective Political Studies Module description Political Transitions And Issues of Democratic Consolidation Generic module name Political Transitions POL721 Credit Value 24 Level 8 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies) of political change Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation) Selected case studies of political change and consolidation Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Mini-thesis Programme (s) in which module will Faculty Core/ Elective be offered Masters in Political Studies EMS, Arts Core Political Studies Module description Research Project (mini-thesis) Generic module name Research Project (mini-thesis) POL803 Credit Value 40 200

Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to formulate a research problem and research proposal conduct independent research analyze relevant literature write up a substantial research report adhering to all academic conventions Independent research Mini-thesis Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Selfstudy 360 Total Learning Time 400 Methods of Student Assessment Mini-thesis 100% Advanced Research Methodology Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Master s in Political Studies EMS. Arts Core Political Studies Module description Advanced Research Methodology Generic module name Advanced Research Methodology POL811 Credit Value 20 semester Level 9 At the end of this module, students will be expected to: critically discuss the literature on methodological theories in the social sciences evaluate the particular approaches to studying political phenomena evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the different theories of conducting research explain the importance ethics in social science research formulate a research proposal theories of qualitative research quantitative research methods formulating and evaluating research questions research design research proposal Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 201

Comparative Area Politics Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description Comparative Area Politics Generic module name Comparative Area Politics POL813 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this module, student should be able to Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied Comparative method Political issues/controversies in countries of case study Significant transnational themes in the selected area Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Other: Please specify 200 Total Learning Time 28 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% International Political Economy Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description International Political Economy Generic module name International Political Economy POL814 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism, globalization theory, Coxian theories of IPE Explain the structure of the world political economy Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g. financial crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons Theories of International Political Economy Debates and issues in IPE 202

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Political Violence Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered M. Admin, M.A EMS. Arts elective Political Studies Module description (Header) Political Violence Generic module name Political Violence POL815 Credit Value 20 Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: critically discuss how political violence is framed as an object of analysis in scholarly discourse demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies critically evaluate how political violence relates to political power and social change analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of contemporary or historical significance Political theory and violence war making and state making legitimate and illegitimate violence colonial modernity and violence the camp and the state of exception as paradigms of modernity violence and social change Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Case preparation/analysis Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Political Philosophy Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Masters in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective 203

Political Studies Module description (Header) Political Philosophy POL816 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political philosophy Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% The Politics of Mass Communication Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description The Politics of Mass Communication Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication POL817 Credit Value 20 Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion Discourse analysis Theories of social representation Political mobilization and public opinion Mass communication media Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% 204

Exam 50% South African Politics Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description South African Politics Generic module name South African Politics POL819 Credit Value 20 Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to Critically analyse power relations in South African society Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa s political economy Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment Current debates and issues in South Africa s politics and/or politicaleconomy Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description Contemporary Democratic Theory Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory POL822 Credit Value 20 1 term Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Critically evaluate theories of democracy Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen participation, e.g. ward committees Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies Theories of democracy and participation Forms of citizen participation Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the DRC 205

Prohibited Combinations none Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Capita Selecta Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description Selected Topics Generic module name Selected Topics POL835 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Analyse and explain current debates regarding selected topics in the field of Political Studies or International Relations; Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Political Transitions Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Master s in Political Studies EMS, Arts elective Political Studies Module description Political Transitions Generic module name Political Transitions POL821 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: 206

Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies) of political change Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation) Selected case studies of political change and consolidation Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Programme (s) in which module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours Economic & Management Elective Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Generic module name Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Pol 823 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities Conduct independent research Concepts and theories of policy making in regional communities Policy debates in selected regional communities Case study of the policy-making process in a regional community Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 207

Regional Community Foreign Policy Programme (s) in which new module will be Faculty Core/ Elective offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Elective Faculty % Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Regional Community Foreign Policy POL824 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Analyze the process in attempting to formulate common foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU Demonstrate an understanding of complex theoretical and practical issues in this field Conduct independent research on the foreign policy issues of a selected regional community, e.g. peace-keeping by the AU Attempts to create a common foreign policy Foreign policy analysis Foreign policy issues, e.g. peacekeeping and free trade Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% School of Government: Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Economics and Public Finance Generic Module Name Economics and Public Finance Alpha Numeric Code PUA616 Credit Value 20 1 year Programme Level 6 explain the fundamental terminology, principles, and theory pertaining to public sector economics and financial management understand and discuss the role and impact of macroeconomic Main outcomes policy and monetary policy on economic growth and development explain the significance and role of the government budget in pursuing the socio-economic development goals and objectives of the government identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the national 208

budget documents and its accompanying bills and phases of the budget cycle process debate and discuss the fiscal stance and approach taken by various actors involved in the budget process explain the role of the public sector manager working with public finances; and read and understand reports evaluating financial control measures (eg auditor general reports) on efficient and effective management practices in government organizations the role of the government in the socio-economic growth and development the provision of public goods, macroeconomic, and monetary policy determinants of economic growth and development South Africa s Intergovernmental Relations System and Framework and more specifically the Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial Relations in South Africa the role of the government in raising/decreasing taxes and collecting revenue and allocating expenditure/resources in Main content society and the use of fiscal policy instruments the national, its constituent components (operations and capital budgets), features, functions and practices revenues, expenditure, assets, liabilities and debt management the regulations framework and principles of good governance and sound public financial management outlined in the PFMA (national and provincial government) financial accountability, controls and auditing; and public participation and engagement with the budget process and choices Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Assignment writing Test Methods of student assessment Group tasks Examination Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Introduction to Governance and Public Administration Generic Module Name Introduction to Governance and Public Administration Alpha Numeric Code PUA611 Credit Value 20 1 year Programme Level 6 Have in-depth understanding of the principles and dimensions of Main outcomes governance/good governance and discuss the challenges of putting them into practice 209

Understand and apply key concepts of public accountability, democracy, human rights, and access to justice, and how they work in practice in different contexts Critically analyse the roles and dynamics of relationships between state, citizens and other institutions in the governance process in different contexts Develop strong critical and analytical skills for application in a variety of contexts. Explain the origin, theories and models of public administration Discuss the concept of new public management The definition (government vs. governance) and levels of governance (local, provincial national, global). Components / elements of good governance. The relationship between good governance, civil society and development. The role of civil society in governance. Enabling factors and obstacles for participation. Main content Participatory governance. Origins, theories and Models of Public Administration New Public Management v Private Sector Management South Africa as a Developmental State South African Constitution & Bill of Rights Structure of Government Ethics in Public Service Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Assignment writing Test Methods of student assessment Group tasks Examination Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Leadership and Managing People Generic Module Name Leadership and Managing People Alpha Numeric Code PUA614 Credit Value 20 1 year Programme Level 6 Understand of the effect of leadership on organizational success; An understanding and the role of various stakeholders in the formulation and communication of the organizational purpose Main outcomes and principles; Understand the different types of leadership. Understand organizational change process. Develop a working knowledge of regulatory framework that informs and change and transformation in the public service. 210

Context of leadership. Leadership Styles and types. Setting organizational purpose, goals and principles. Main content Developing an organizational culture and vision. Organisational change. Public service regulatory framework. Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Managing Information and Communication Generic Module Name Managing Information and Communication Alpha Numeric Code PUA 613 Credit Value 20 1 year Programme Level 6 Identify government information requirements. Demonstrate an understanding of the role of information in organisation design and behaviour. Main outcomes Demonstrate an ability to collect, analyse, organise and communicate information. Identify and utilise appropriate communication tools and strategies. Utilise information technology to enhance communications. Selecting relevant information. Formatting and synthesising information in a way that is accessible within time constraints. Writing specialised information for specific audiences. Main content Analysing technical information in text. Making information available in way that is accessible within time constraints. Methods of conveying the information in terms of communication content and target audience. Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 211

Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Managing Operations in the Public Sector Generic Module Name Managing Operations in the Public Sector Alpha Numeric Code PUA615 Credit Value 20 1 year Programme Level 6 Analyse the impact of legislation on overall delivery objectives, priorities and processes. How to communicate implementation objective, priorities and Main outcomes processes. Coordinate, monitor and review implementation processes. Negotiate realignment of implementation objectives, priorities and processes. The Batho-Pele White Paper on Transforming Public Sector Service Delivery. The Public Services Act. Developmental government is explained in the South African context. Plans for the improvement of service delivery. Measurement methods related to service delivery. Methods and techniques to build a sound relationship with clients. Main content Measures to rectify service delivery failures. Reasons for and sources of client dissatisfaction. Quality cycle in relation to organisational service delivery Continuous feedback and improvement strategy for organisational service delivery Creative thinking techniques. Problem solving steps. Project management steps and processes. Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Assignment writing Methods of student assessment Test Group tasks Examination Programme Faculty Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences 212

Module Description Public Policy Generic Module Name Public Policy Alpha Numeric Code PUA612 Credit Value 20 1 year Programme Level 6 Understand the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy. Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process. Demonstrate understanding and explain public policy process. Main outcomes Identify the challenges of policy implementation. Recognise and identify opportunities for improving policy. Explain the key types of policy evaluation. Investigate and resolve problems in policy environments. Concepts of public policy. Theoretical models for policy making. Policy making process in South Africa National, provincial and Local. Policy formulation and Citizen participation. Main content Policy analysis. Policy implementation and contribution factors. Role of IGR in public policy. Policy monitoring and evaluation. Research design and policy development. Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Assignment writing Test Methods of student assessment Group tasks Examination Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Fundamental School of Government Module description Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector Generic module name Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 Credit Value 15 P Level 8 By the end of the module, students will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding of the concept of governance Distinguish between government and governance Evaluate the legislative framework for governance Demonstrate a critical understanding of the relationship 213

between governance, public administration and ethics Evaluate the implications of the legislative framework towards governance on public administration Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities in state organizations Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities on policy implementation Democratic and ethical theories and approaches Principles and values that encapsulate good governance and professional ethics in the South African public sector The intersection between governance, public administration and ethics The ethical ideal of accountability, openness and transparency The ethical ideal of administrative neutrality The ethical ideal of participation The relationship between the state, citizens and civil society Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Other: Please specify(research) 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 50% (Case studies 10%, group exercises and presentation 10%, critical summaries 20%, and class debate 10%); Final assessment 50%. External moderation. Public Policy Analysis Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Core School of Government Module description Public Policy Analysis Generic module name Public Policy Analysis PUB702 Credit Value 15 P Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to: Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector policy making in contemporary South Africa; Distinguish between alternative models and frameworks for analyzing public policy; Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key techniques of policy analysis, such as problem definition and options analysis; Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key stages in the policy process; 214

Apply the knowledge and skills of policy analysis to a practical research project; Engage in debate and discussions on the strengths and limitations of current policy processes in South Africa. Context of policy making in South Africa in the period since 1994; Models and approaches to policy making; Key issues in policy analysis; Structuring policy problems Identifying and analysing policy options; Forecasting policy futures; Policy implementation; Evaluating policy performance and outcomes; Research design for developing and evaluating public policies. Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Selfstudy 10 Research and writing 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 60% (Class participation and Group presentations 20%; Research Paper 40%); Final Assessment (40%). External moderation. Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization and Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Core School of Government Module description Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and Development Generic module name Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and Development PUB703 Credit Value 15 P Level 8 By the end of the module, students will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding of the various theories & viewpoints on organisational phenomena & compare the contributions of the various theories to the understanding of organizational phenomena; Apply the above organisation theories to public sector organizations; Demonstrate the ability to facilitate public sector organizational change and transformation; Examine in detail the various dimensions, issues and problems of public sector organization. The nature of public organizations Theories of organisation & approaches to the study, design and management of organizations Processes, structures & activities of organizations 215

Organisational behaviour, leadership & pathologies Public sector transformation, change strategies & improvement of organisational effectiveness. Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify ( case studies) 24 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (assignments/research paper & tasks, case studies/ practical exercises/class presentations/ class participation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Human Resources Management and Development in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Core School of Government Module description Human Resources Management and Development in the Public Sector Generic module name Human Resources Management PUB704 Credit Value 15 P Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding of the theoretical context of human resource development and management Demonstrate a critical understanding of the legislative and policy framework influencing the management and development of human resources in the public sector Critically discuss labour relations as it applies to the management and development of human resources in the South African public service Critically discuss the specific legislative parameters that influence labour relations in South Africa Engage in debate and discussions on the key HR functions of public sector managers in post-apartheid South Africa Interpret and apply the legal framework and parameters to practical realities through case studiesengage in critical debate and discussion on issues of labour relations as it applies to the South African public service Theoretical approaches and perspectives on human resource management The role, functions and challenges of the human resource manager in the public service Performance management systems and its application in the public service Legislation and policies affecting human resource development and management The labour relations act 216

Collective bargaining: Strikes and Lock-outs The basic conditions of employment Employment equity The law of dismissal Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Other: Please specify(research) 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 40% (case studies 10%; group exercises and presentation 10%; class test 20%). Final assessment 60% (Long research paper). External moderation. Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Programme Faculty Core/Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Core School of Government Module description Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Generic module name Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 Credit Value 15 P Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to Explain the fundamental terminology, principles, conventions, methodology and theories pertaining to the economics of public sector finance and financial management Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government Locate and interpret the selected macroeconomic data Identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the national budget documents and its accompanying bills Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget cycle Discuss the fiscal approach and stance taken by various actors involved in the budget process Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (eg auditor general) on efficient and effective management practices in government organizations The module contents include: Introduction to macroeconomics the provision of public goods and economic growth The role of the government in raising and allocating resources in society and the use of fiscal and monetary institutions and policy instruments Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial relations in South 217

Africa The constituent components, its features, functions and practices of the national, provincial and local government budgets Regulations and principles of sound public financial management outlined in the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA) Asset, liabilities and debt management Financial accountability, controls and auditing Public participation in and engagement with the budget process and choices Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (50%). Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Research Methods/Research Essay Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Core Administration School of Government Module description Research Methods/Research Essay Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay PUB706 Credit Value 30 P Level 8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and sequences, classification and categories, criteria, methodology, principles and generalizations of social science research methods Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the research problem; develop hypotheses and assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; use the internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to a supervised public sector-related practical research project Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research 218

Research designs The research process: conducting literature surveys; planning research project; research methods/ techniques; writing a research proposal Analysis and interpretation of research findings, recommendations and communication of research results to policymakers Structuring and organizing research findings in a written research report of approximately 6000-7000 words Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 5 Selfstudy 200 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Public Sector Transformation and Reform Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B Admin Hons in Public EMS Elective Administration School of Government Module description Public sector Transformation and Reform Generic module name Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 Credit Value 15 F Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: Define and discuss concepts related to public sector transformation and reform; Utilise and apply different approaches and models in administrative or organisation theory to explain administrative reform as a political as well as a management process; Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state, civil society, doe agencies etc. Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector reform in South Africa; Identify and discuss key regional, African and international influences on public sector transformation and reform; Evaluate the relevant legislative framework Analyse the key issues and problems facing the transformation of the public service, including gender perspectives 219

Compare the South African experience with that of other countries, selected African countries in particular Define and discuss the concepts of Public sector transformation and reform; Areas of public service reform (i.e. quality customer services; systems and work procedures; information technology; policy implementation and management; organisational structures and human resource management; accountability and discipline; values of excellence; financial management; public-private partnerships; etc; Donor-sponsored structural adjustment programmes and administrative reforms; Administrative reform strategies in selected African and/or Commonwealth countries; Public service transformation, the state and civil society in South Africa Influences of Global, African and regional positions on the local (SA) transformation context The South African constitution and the legislative framework for governance, and its transformational outlook Issues in public service transformation and reform in South Africa including gender perspectives Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify ( case studies) 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group presentations, individual research assignment); Final assessment (50%). External moderation. Issues in Local Government Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Elective Administration School of Government Module description Issues in Local Government Generic module name Issues in Local Government PUB707 Credit Value 15 F Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding of the challenges, opportunities, roles & relationships of local authorities Explain systems of local government, with specific reference to developing nations; and Critically discuss issues confronting local government in 220

South Africa Local government service delivery, local government politics, local government finance, local government development and strategies for change management in such areas as service delivery Institution building and management, representivity and affirmative action, amalgamation Rationalisation of previously separate local government administrations, accountability, human resource development and management, cooperation with civil society and effective urban and rural management Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Written assignments 40%; practical exercises, class presentations % /class participation 20%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. State and Civil Society Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin EMS Elective School of Government Module description State and Civil Society Generic module name State and Civil Society PUB709 Credit Value 15 F Level 8 By the end of the module the students will be able to Explain the importance of state and civil society participation in the public policy making process. Identify and critically discuss the different definitions of state and civil society Identify and critically discuss and critique the different approaches and schools of thought used to analyze state societal relations Identify the social dialogue institutional arrangements and processes in South Africa Identify and critique the approaches and stance taken by various participants in the social dialogue process The module content includes: Outline and overview of stakeholder participation in the public policy making cycle and process. Different definitions and understandings of the role of the state and civil society Critique of the state and civil society paradigm State societal relations in public policy formulation and implementation in South Africa prior to 1994 and 221

after. Case studies of the social dialogue processes at work in the New Partnership for Africa s Development (NEPAD); the National Economic Development and Labour Council (NEDLAC) and the local government Integrated Development Planning (IDP) mechanism for service delivery Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 Other: Preparation for group exercises 10 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Individual exercise and group presentation 20%; Written assignment 40%; Final assessment (40%). External moderation. MASTER IN ADMINISTRATION Public Admin. Magister -Thesis PUA 801 First enrolment PUA 802 Second Enrolment Programme (s) in which module will Faculty Core/ Elective be offered M.ADMIN EMS Core School of Government Module description Magister thesis ( PUA 801 & 802 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Thesis PUA801 First enrolment PUA802 Second enrolment Credit Value 120 credits 1 2 years Level 9 At the end of this research component the student should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in theoretical contexts Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research competencies Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and organize a research study Demonstrate the ability to contribute in a unique way to the particular field under study Research methods Literature review Interpretation of research findings Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG Prohibited Combinations 222

Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment Hours Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%) MASTER IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MINI-THESIS) Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis PUA 803 First enrolment PUA 804 Second Enrolment Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective amended module will be offered M.ADMIN EMS Core School of Government Module description Mini-thesis ( PUA 803 & 804 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis PUA803 First enrolment PUA804 Second enrolment Credit Value 60 credits 1 2 years University Level Level 9 At the end of this research component the student should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in theoretical contexts Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research competencies Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and organize a research study Research methods Literature review Interpretation of research findings Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment Examination of dissertation by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%) 223

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DOCTORAL THESIS Name of current module Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis PUA 901 First enrolment PUA 902 Second Enrolment Programme (s) in which amended Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered DOCTORAL EMS Core School of Government Module description (Header) Doctoral Thesis ( PUA 901 & 902 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis PUA901 First enrolment PUA902 Second enrolment Credit Value 360 5 years University Level 10 At the end of this research component the student should be able to: Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research of a relatively new area in the existing field of study Demonstrate the ability to make a unique contribution to his/her field of study Demonstrate the ability to coherently and logically structure and organize his/her study Demonstrate good writing skills Demonstrate the ability to analytically and conceptually apply research findings to the issue under investigation Demonstrate the ability to analyse and conceptualize existing literature in the field under investigation Drafting a research proposal Exposure to research methodologies Literature reviews Structuring and organizing chapters Conceptualizing theoretical debates and discourses Interpreting empirical findings in the context of the issue under investigation Admission to the Doctoral programme within SOG Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and two external examiners SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public Administration and Public Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Fundamental 224

School of Government Module description Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public Administration and Public Management MPA 811 Credit Value 15 P Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of the theories and analytical tools used to: Approach Public Administration, Public Management and governance; Apply sound governance principles; Identify, compare and analyze trends and tendencies in governance, public administration as well as public and development management in different settings (national, local, organizational); (b) the application and interpretation of the above theories and tools through comparative case studies by developing practical options for improved governance. Introduction to the theory of governance, public administration and public management. Theory and practice of co-operative governance, corporate governance, holistic governance and good governance at the executive level. Comparative assessment of governance, public administration and public management experiences Focus on applications, trends and tendencies and developments in Public Management and administration in contemporary South Africa Comparative Governance in an organizational context. Case study of the transformation of DBSA Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation. Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Core School of Government Module description Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Generic module name Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management MPA 812 Credit Value 15 P 225

Level 9 By the end of the Module, students will be able to demonstrate (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: analyze public policies, strategies and evaluations conduct policy analysis facilitate and manage policy processes establish institutional arrangements for policy management integrate various policy implementation instruments monitor and evaluate public policy plan and design policy processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies of national, provincial and local government policy in South Africa, by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of policy design and management Introduction to Policy Management and policy analysis; Focus on the theory of policy processes and institutional arrangements; Theory of policy implementation instruments including strategy, planning, operations and project management; and Theory and practice of policy evaluation and monitoring systems Case studies of policy management drawn from the national, provincial and local levels in South Africa Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation. Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Core The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa School of Government Module description The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa Generic module name The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance MPA 813 Credit Value 15 P Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to: (a) Demonstrate an detailed knowledge of, and the ability to critically analyse: The key features and dynamics of the global, regional and domestic context of governance, the state and public 226

administration in contemporary South Africa; The challenges and opportunities posed by these dynamics and the interplay between them for the developmental state and the democratic state in South Africa; (b) Apply the knowledge learned to a research project on the challenges and opportunities facing a specific aspect of governance, the state and public administration in South Africa as a result of the interplay between global, regional and domestic forces. The origins, nature and challenges of globalization; The ideological underpinnings of globalization; Key global institutions (IMF, World Bank, WTO) and their roles. SADC, NEPAD and the African Union and the challenges and opportunities for South Africa. The RDP, GEAR and ASGISA from social democracy to neo-liberalism? The Developmental and Democratic State in South Africa and tensions between them; The effects of the global, regional and domestic context on public sector transformation and reform in South Africa. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Class participation and group presentations 20%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper) for external moderation. Research Methods and Skills Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Core School of Government Module description Research Methods and Skills Generic module name Research Methods and Skills MPA814 Credit Value 15 credits P Level 9 By the end of the module, students will be able to: Demonstrate a detailed knowledge and comprehension of the research process to be followed in completing the MPA Mini-Thesis; Choose a relevant research topic, state the problem for research and develop hypotheses as well as assumptions to guide their research; Review related literature on the topic; Select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; Use the Internet and Electronic Journals to access 227

information; Demonstrate the necessary communication and practical skills to participate meaningfully in research activities offered through the MPA Demonstrate more effective writing skills through improved design and structure, sentence construction and the usage of grammar. Demonstrate a knowledge of quantitative data analysis and presentation, and the ability to use SPSS; Prepare a clear and coherent abstract for their proposed MPA mini-theses; Write an academically acceptable research proposal. Concepts of research and research design Theories of research, types of research and the research process Conducting the literature survey Planning the research project Research methods/techniques Interactions with the academic supervisor Writing the abstract and research proposal An introduction to academic writing skills, including organization, presentation and layout; sentence construction; punctuation and grammar; citation and referencing. Avoiding plagiarism. An introduction to the Statistical Software Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Research and Presentation 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Class participation and individual presentations 15%; research abstract 15%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment 40% (Research proposal) for external moderation. Research Seminar Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Core School of Government Module description Research Seminar Generic module name Research Seminar MPA 815 Credit Value 15 P Level 9 (a) At the end of the module, students will be able to: Prepare a clear and coherent presentation of their preliminary and final research findings for the MPA Mini-Thesis; Communicate this effectively to peers and course lecturers 228

through a seminar presentation; Respond effectively to questions and comments from seminar participants; Critically assess other students presentations as seminar discussants; Revise their draft research documents on the basis of feedback on their oral presentations (b) Students will attend, participate and present their research findings at at least two research seminars during the MPA programme. Research design and methodology Developing an effective theoretical framework Structuring an effective research report/mini-thesis Developing a coherent flow throughout the research report/minithesis Written and oral presentations Preparing a PowerPoint presentation Preparation of preliminary research findings (including literature review) Presentation of final draft research findings MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research and Presentation 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Pre-course preparation and class participation ); Final assessment 50%. External moderation. Name of new module MPA Mini-Thesis Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Core School of Government Module description MPA Mini-Thesis Generic module name Mini-Thesis SOG 827 Credit Value 120 1 Year P Level 8.2 By the end of the Module, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to: Conduct independent research; Locate empirical research in appropriate theoretical contexts; Apply analytical and research skills and competencies at the Masters level; Coherently structure and organize a research study of this kind; Contribute in a unique way to the particular field under study. Produce a mini-thesis of between 25,000 and 30,000 words. Research skills and methods Literature review Interpretation of research findings 229

Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner. MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with supervisor: 30 Research and writing Mini-Thesis 1170 Total Learning Time 1200 Methods of Student Assessment Final assessment by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%). Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Generic module name Programme and Project Management in the Public sector MPA816 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate: (b) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: define and approach programme and project management in the public sector facilitate programme and project management processes; plan, implement and evaluate the Project Management Body of Knowledge; facilitate the nine knowledge areas (integration, scope, quality, cost, time, communication, human resources, procurement and risk management); institutionalize the programme and project management approach in the public sector; (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of programme and project management in the South African context. Introduction to Programme and Project Management; Programme and project management processes; Focus on the Project Management body of knowledge; Theory of the nine knowledge areas; Institutional arrangements for Programme and Project Management; and Case studies of programme and project management. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 230

Self study 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Take home assignment); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation. Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation Generic module name Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation MPA 817 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: Develop and use the logical framework as a tool to help strengthen programme and project design, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation Set programme and project goals and objectives Manage risks in programmes and projects, establish programme organisation, monitor and control programmes, appraise programmes and assure product/service quality. Conceive a programme using a Logical Framework Approach as a planning tool Identify and discuss the advantages/strengths and disadvantages/limitations of the logical framework as a management tool Work in teams to build effective strategies for meeting clients' needs. The Logical Framework Approach to programme planning and evaluation The role and importance of stakeholder analysis in programme planning and evaluation. Programme management cycle and the logical framework Strengthening programme design, implementation, monitoring and evaluation The analysis phase: stakeholder analysis, problem analysis, objectives analysis and strategic analysis Development of the logical framework: objective, immediate objective, outputs, activities, inputs, indicators, risks and assumptions Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Case studies 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment 50% (Group presentation and reports and tasks 20%; individual research report 30%); Final assessment (50%). 231

External moderation. Managing Change in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Generic module name Managing change in the Public Sector MPA818 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to: Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of change in governance (regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives) Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector reform/policy and change management in contemporary SA Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state and civil society and its relevance on the management of change Evaluate the need for public sector change and key issues and problems facing the transformation of the public sector process Critically analyze strategies and techniques for effective change management in the public sector Introduction and overview of the Management of Change; regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives Managing Public sector change in the new South Africa Interface between civil society, managing change and Accountability, Issues in public service transformation and change in South Africa Strategies and techniques for analyzing and Managing Public Policy/reform processes in the new South Africa Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies) 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 60% (Group presentations and preparation for research paper, case study compilation and presentation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Public Finance and Budgeting Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Public Finance and Budgeting 232

MPA 819 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding of the socioeconomic role of government Critically discuss the key financial issues confronting the South African government Explain the fiscal policy stance and practice of the South Africa government Identify and analyse the various sources of government revenue Identify and analyse the tax principles of equity and efficiency in property and service charges Identify the regulatory framework for sound public sector financial management in South including the Public Sector Financial Management Act and the Municipal Finance and Management Act (MFMA) Identify the budget cycles, its components and functions Identify difficulties of infrastructure provision and capital expenditure management Explain the importance of asset, liability and debt management Explain the importance of cash flow management The module content include: Overview of the rationale for government intervention in an economy and the provision of public goods and services Role of fiscal and monetary policy instruments in economic growth and development Sources of taxation, taxation principles and provincial and local government revenue Performance budgeting Financial infrastructure Legislative framework (PFMA and MFMA) Public sector accounting and control Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 40 Other: Preparation for group exercise 10 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignments 20%; Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper). Administrative Law Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government 233

Generic module name Administrative Law MPA821 Credit Value 15 credits F Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to : Demonstrate a critical understanding of the process of law making in relation to public administration; Interpret and discuss a court decision; Critically discuss the changes brought about by the change from a supreme parliament to a supreme constitution; Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and working of the constitution; Evaluate the content of administrative law; Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a practical research report on aspects of administrative law. Introduction to administrative law Division of the law Sources of the law Constitutional law Types of administrative action Lawfulness Reasonableness Procedural fairness Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Group and individual exercises 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Development Policy, Planning and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Generic module name Development Policy, Planning and Management MPA822 Credit Value 15 credits F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: (a) Demonstrate a critical understanding of the: Processes, techniques and methods involved in development policy, planning and management; The discourse of development policy, planning and 234

management: Development policy and planning in the Third World with special reference to urbanization and globalization; Trends in world socio economic development planning; The role of donor aid in development policy, planning and management; The challenges facing integrated development planning in South Africa. (b) Critically discuss and evaluate the factors influencing development policy, planning and management, such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, and co-ordination and integration with other sectors; ( c ) Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a long research paper on development policy, planning and management in the South African context. The discourse of development policy, planning and management; Development policy and planning in the Third World with special reference to urbanization and globalization; Trends in world socio economic development planning; The role of donor Aid in development; Ethnocentrism as an alienating reality urbanism and everyday life with special reference to the import of social policy and social planning; Integrated development planning and its challenges for sustainable development; Factors influencing programme planning and management such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, co-ordination and integration with other sectors; Indexes of socio-economic development planning; The reality and myths of development ; Development scenarios / projects / plans / programmes; Case studies of integrated development planning in South Africa. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 30 Research and writing 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Name of new module Urban Development and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Maters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Urban Development and Management MPA823 235

Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to: Critically discuss the emerging importance of cities in the era of globalization and the blurring of the dividing line between rural/urban and urban /(sub) regional developments Identify concepts and frameworks used in policy formulation, implementation and analysis of the role of the state and management at various levels with reference to; development planning; economic growth; public expenditure; and service provisions such as water and sanitation; housing as well as transport. Identify and explain the difference between economic and social infrastructure and its accompanying features Critically discuss the importance of the public, private partnership (PPP) in the provision of services Identify and critically analyse the goals, economic, markets, business, social, conflicts, complexities and processes involved in the provisioning and management of these infrastructure services Apply the above to case studies focusing on areas such as water and sanitation; housing; transport; tourism; small and medium enterprises (SMME) development and local economic development The module contents include: Outlining the challenges of urban development and poverty reduction in developing countries; globalization; urbanization; demography and poverty issues The role of government or developmental state and other stakeholders in managing the urbanization process in South Africa Approaches to urban planning, development and management at the national, provincial and local (IDP) level Provincial and local growth development and growth strategies and policies Importance and specific features pertaining to economic and social infrastructure, investment as well as trade and industrial development in different sectors Discussing the public private partnership (PPP) and role of non state stakeholders in the provision of infrastructure The development of small and medium enterprises (SMMEs) and local economic development (LED) in South Africa Discussing case studies of informal settlement upgrading and housing provision; Water and sanitation provision; and the development of integrated public transport and tourism Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 236

Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignment 20%; Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper). External moderation. Rural Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Generic module name Rural Development MPA 824 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: Critically evaluate the key concepts in rural development theory and practice Apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African context Critically assess and evaluate current policy frameworks in relation to rural development and land reform in South Africa Models of rural development and international debates Learning process approaches to rural development Sustainable rural livelihoods and poverty reduction Land-based livelihoods in Southern Africa Land reform policies and progress Agrarian reform: international and African debates Land and agrarian reform and poverty reduction Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies) 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group presentations, written assignment ); Final assessment (50%). External moderation. Gender Development and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Gender Development and Management MPA 825 Credit Value 15 237

F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: Analyse how socialised gender roles affect social roles both within the home and work environments Critically discuss how such socialised roles, derived from both within developing states and without, affect sound and inclusive development strategies Compare the normative edge to scientific and objectively empirical development studies, particularly the ways in which these findings are gendered and discriminatory Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ways in which gendered understandings of development theory and development management economics inhibit more inclusive development strategies Critically discuss the ways in which gendered understandings of development may be deconstructed and reconstructed so as to ensure more stable long term development strategies Identify and discuss gender equality in governance structures in South Africa (and elsewhere) Identify and discuss perspectives on gender equality in the global context Identify and discuss linkages between gender and race affirmative action Analyse the construction of gender sensitive policies in the public service (including examining the notion of a gender budget) Explain how gender equality is used in the construction of gender and employment policies Analyse gender, race and collective identity debates in governance and development Social roles which men and women take up in the personal and work environments A review of individual socialisation processes The interface between gendered socialisation roles (men vs women ) Women in Development (WID); Woman and Development (WAD) a brief historical overview Development from a gender perspective and the relation between gender and development global governance Gender in the context of debates about development as a process of North South neocolonialism Examining the nexus between gender and development at the national level Examining gender in governance: the public service, parliament, government, political parties Gender, Public Policy and management of change: thinking through gender policies and what they entail. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 238

Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies) 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; Case study compilation and presentation 20%; Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation. Intergovernmental Relations Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Generic module name Intergovernmental relations MPA826 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: Identify and differentiate between the approaches to intergovernmental relations. Describe how the nature of the state influences intergovernmental relations. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the role and application of intergovernmental relations in Public Administration and management Evaluate the legislative framework for governance, the principal structures and functions of government at national, provincial and local levels, and the dynamics of inter-governmental relations Identify gaps, critical analyze and provide resolutions for identified IGR complexities in various contexts Recognize the importance of the management of IGR and it s interface with improved service delivery An introduction and overview of IGR Conceptual analysis for the study of IGR Constitutional basis for IGR Centralization and decentralization in government Managing and resolving IGR complexities : insights from selected countries IGR: a South African perspective Instruments of IGR- Political & Administrative interface Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations in South Africa Interface between IGR and Key Public sector functions including planning, organization, leadership and service delivery Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 elfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies) 25 239

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; case study compilation and presentation 20% ); Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation. Local Government Management in Contemporary South Africa Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Local Government Management in Contemporary South Africa Generic module name Local Government Management MPA827 Credit Value 15 credits F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: Explain the historical, political, social and economic context underlying national, provincial and local service delivery programmes in South Africa; Describe and analyse the policy, legal, political and economic aspects of service delivery and associated planning frameworks within Development Local Government; Demonstrate a critical understanding of the Batho Pele principles of service delivery and the challenges facing their realization in South Africa; Interpret and apply policy and legislation to a local context; Apply basic theoretical concepts, principles and techniques related to case studies of specific service delivery programmes; Assess the appropriateness and usefulness of local government management models in specific contexts; Critically discuss the factors influencing local government management, such as budgetary and organizational constraints, staff capacity, and coordination and integration with other sectors; Apply the knowledge and skills learned to a practical research paper on aspects of local management in South Africa. Structures, functions and processes of local government management, within a strategic change management context; The history of local government in South Africa and the need for transformation; Challenges and constraints facing the reform process; Strategies for change management; Effective urban and rural management; The relationship between local, provincial and national tiers of government; Managerial autonomy and innovation at the local level; Service delivery and privatization; Managing globalization at the local government level. 240

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 25 Research and writing 35 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Citizenship, Democracy and Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Generic module name Citizenship, Democracy and Development MPA828 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to describe and explain: citizenship and democracy as these articulate with development debates and praxis in developing states in Africa and beyond; the connections between claiming rights (especially socio-economic rights) in developing states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find themselves linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights and basic services delivery). (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of citizenship and democracy. citizenship and democracy as these articulate (and sometimes contradict) global discourses on development and its prerequisites for developing states.; the connections between claiming rights (especially socio-economic rights) in developing states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find themselves linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights and basic services delivery). Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 241

Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% ( group practical assignment; individual oral presentations in class; summaries of key texts for class; short tests in class; one short assignment). Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Bureaucracy and Democracy Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Bureaucracy and Democracy MPA829 Credit Value 15 credits F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to : Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding of the meanings of democracy Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding of the meanings of bureaucracy Engage in debate and discussion on the dynamic relationship between politicians and civil servants in modern democracies Critically interrogate normative understandings of democracy and bureaucracy in the context of practical realities Definitions and understandings of bureaucracy, democracy, political administrative interface, democratic ideals of accountability and responsibility Legislative and policy framework towards upholding democratic practices and principles Conceptualizing trust relations in democratic states Conceptualizing trust relations between elected and appointed officials Encouraging bureaucratic responsiveness to state goals and objectives Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Research and writing 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous assessment 50% (Group exercises and presentation 20%; takehome test 30%; Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. 242

Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Public Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta MPA831 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to demonstrate (c) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: analyze public management issues facilitate public management processes establish institutional arrangements for public management; monitor public management; and plan and design public management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of public management Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of public management issues; public management processes; Institutional arrangements for public management; Planning and design of public management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. Name of new module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Development Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta MPA 832 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 243

By the end of this module, students will be able to demonstrate (d) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: analyze development management issues facilitate development management processes establish institutional arrangements for development management; monitor development management; and plan and design development management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of development management. Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of development management issues; development management processes; Institutional arrangements for development management; Planning and design of development management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Public Sector Finance) Generic module name Capita Selecta MPA 833 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: Analyze and explain the content of the issue/ issues within the field of public sector finance; Engage critically in policy debates on the subject matter; Investigate and explain problems within the field of public sector finance. The content of this module is influenced by the presenter of the course in line with the main focus on issues in Economics, Public Finance and Budgeting. 244

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. Name of new module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance and Public Administration Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA) EMS Elective School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Local Government Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta MPA 834 Credit Value 15 F Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to demonstrate: (a) conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: analyze local government management issues facilitate local government management processes establish institutional arrangements for local government management monitor local government management plan and design local government management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of local government management Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of local government management issues; Local government management processes Institutional arrangements for local government management Planning and design of local government management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 245

Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (Plaas) split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. The land question in southern Africa: Historical perspectives Programme (s) in which new module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The land question in southern Africa: Historical perspectives Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS701 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate a historical understanding of the land question in southern Africa and be able to: analyse and explain the history of land acquisition and dispossession in southern Africa engage in policy debates on the land question and land reform issues investigate and explain problems of land restitution, land tenure and land reform in southern, and particularly South Africa write clear and coherent history essays Land Ownership, Conquest and Dispossession (1000AD 1900) The Making of Reserves Urban Segregation: Locations and Townships Grand Apartheid: The Bantustans Urban Removals and Restitution The land question in Zimbabwe Traditional authorities and the land question Case studies of removals and restitution Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa 246

Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS 702 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this course students should: Demonstrate an understanding historical and contemporary debates around Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa Have a thorough grasp of land reform policies in at least two Southern African countries Demonstrate in-depth understanding of land and agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994 Have a thorough grasp of the links between agricultural development, rural livelihoods and land reform in the southern African context Demonstrate an ability to practice in debate around the possible future direction of land reform in South Africa Land reform debates in southern Africa: historical and contemporary Overview of recent land reforms in Namibia, Mozambique, Zimbabwe The political economy of land and agrarian reform in South Africa Restitution in South Africa Redistribution in South Africa Tenure reform in South Africa Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS 703 Credit Value 20 247

Level 9 At the end of this course students should: demonstrate an understanding of the terminology and concepts used in land and agrarian reform; be familiar with the main theoretical positions, and have knowledge of land reform in a number of African countries; possess a detailed understanding of land reform policy in South Africa.; be able to engage effectively with contemporary land reform issues, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective. Land, agriculture, poverty and rural livelihoods in Africa The agrarian question in Africa: Analytical and conceptual issues The variety of reform: Case studies across Africa Case studies of land reform in South Africa (restitution, redistribution and tenure security) Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS 703 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this course students should: demonstrate an understanding of the terminology and concepts used in land and agrarian reform; be familiar with the main theoretical positions, and have knowledge of land reform in a number of African countries; possess a detailed understanding of land reform policy in South Africa.; be able to engage effectively with contemporary land reform issues, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective. Land, agriculture, poverty and rural livelihoods in Africa 248

The agrarian question in Africa: Analytical and conceptual issues The variety of reform: Case studies across Africa Case studies of land reform in South Africa (restitution, redistribution and tenure security) Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Economics of Agrarian Systems Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land EMS Core and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Economics of Agrarian Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS704 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of key issues in the economics of agrarian systems and be able to: analyse the multiple interactions between economic development and agriculture in the context of economic globalization investigate microeconomic and macroeconomic issues affecting agriculture in developing countries compare South African agricultural and land reform policies with evidence from other developing economies write clear and coherent research essays Basic concepts in rural economic development Perspectives on the role of agriculture in economic development Agricultural development in dual economies The economics of agrarian reform Economic globalization and developing country agriculture Case studies: Africa, Asia and Latin America The South African agricultural economy Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 38 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 2 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment40% 249

Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS 706 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the: key theoretical and practical aspects of sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning; main debates around sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning in South Africa and internationally; links between rural development and chronic poverty; techniques used in development planning Students will be equipped with the tools necessary to analyse policy and programmes from a sustainable livelihoods perspective. The concepts of poverty and rural livelihoods Development, Planning Approaches and Critiques Food security and vulnerability: Frameworks and Practice Sustainable rural livelihoods: Frameworks and Critiques Integrated Development Planning: Frameworks and Critiques Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Sustainable natural resource management in land and agrarian reform Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Sustainable natural resource management in land and agrarian reform Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS 707 Credit Value 20 250

Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of key concepts and theories in relation to natural resource management as an important dimension of land and agrarian reform; controversies and debates in common property theory and sustainable natural resource management; key policy questions in relation to land and agrarian reform and natural resource management in Southern Africa; and write clear and coherent research essays Natural resources and rural livelihoods in southern Africa. Conceptual frameworks and current controversies: common property theory; land degradation and sustainability. Rangelands and the carrying capacity debate. The gendered nature of resource tenure. Biodiversity conservation and development. Land reform and the environment. The co-management debate. Introduction to Political Ecology. Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform Programme (s) in which module Faculty Core/ Elective will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in Land and EMS Core Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies LAS 708 Credit Value 20 Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of: the evolution of property rights in South African law with regard to the dispossession of land and the acquisition of land; the key theoretical and practical aspects of land and agrarian law in South Africa; the requirements and promises of the South African constitution and evolving land reform legislation; the role of legislation in the implementation of land and agrarian 251

reform; the central role that security of tenure plays in underpinning and securing livelihoods. The law and its administration The evolution of land law: The history and evolution of property law and land rights for hites and the denial of rights to black people Basic legal concepts concerning land Land reform laws in South Africa Law and development: Rights-based approaches to livelihoodfocused development Institutional options for land holding and management institutions: Communal Property Associations and the Communal Land Rights Act. Undergraduate degree or RPL Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 38 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 2 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Pre-contact assignment; Test: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% 252